14105 lt2662 loctite design guide bonding rubber thermoplastic elastomers
TRANSCRIPT
Volume 22/05
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 1
Table Of Contents Page Number
Introduction 2Description Of Adhesives 3
• Cyanoacrylate Adhesives 3• Epoxy Adhesives 4• Hot Melt Adhesives 5• Light Curing Acrylic Adhesives 6• Polyurethane Adhesives 7• Silicone Adhesives 8• No-Mix and Static Mix Acrylic Adhesives 9• Why Bond Elastomers With Loctite® Brand Adhesives? 10
How To Use The Rubber and TPE Bonding Chapters 11How to Use The Adhesive Shear Strength Table 12Rubber and TPE Bonding Chapters 14
• Butyl Rubber (IIR) 14• Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (CSM) 16• Copolyester TPE 18• Epichlorohydrin Rubber (CO, ECO, GCO, GECO) 20• Ethylene Acrylic Rubber (EEA) 22• Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPM, EPDM) 24• Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate Copolymer (EVA) 26• Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM) 28• Fluorosilicone Rubber (FVMQ) 30• Halogenated Butyl Rubber (BIIR, CIIR) 32• Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber (H-NBR, HSN) 34• Melt Processible Rubber (MPR) 36• Natural Rubber (NR) 38• Neoprene Rubber (CR) 40• Nitrile Rubber (NBR, XNBR) 42• Polyether Block Amide (PEBA) 44• Polyacrylate Rubber (ACM) 46• Polyisoprene Rubber (IR) 48• Polyolefin Elastomers (POE) 50• Poly(propylene oxide) Rubber (GPO) 52• Polysulfide Rubber (TM) 54• Silicone-Modified EPDM 56• Silicone Rubber (MQ, VMQ, PMQ, PVMQ) 58• Styrene-Butadiene Rubber (SBR) 60• Styrenic TPE (S-B-S, S-I-S, S-EB-S) 62• Thermoplastic Vulcanizates (TPV) 64
Adhesive Joint Design 66Test Methodology 69Index of Trade Names 73Acknowledgements 76Disclaimer 76
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2
The ProblemFrom the discovery of natural rubber to the developmentof modern day thermoplastic elastomers (TPEs),elastomeric materials have found a wide variety of uses that make them an integral part of an industrialsociety. In a diverse variety of products ranging fromautomobile tires to lifesaving implantable medicaldevices, their unique ability to be greatly deformed and return to their original shape fills an importantniche in the world of engineering materials. It would be difficult to identify a manufacturing process whichdoes not use elastomers in one form or another.
Elastomeric materials have achieved widespreadacceptance due to the virtually limitless combinationsof elastomer types, fillers and additives which can becompounded at relatively low costs and processed by a wide variety of methods. This gives end-users theability to develop specific formulations with propertiestailored to their needs. By properly selecting the baseelastomer, additives and fillers, as well as the appropriatecure method, the physical, chemical and thermal properties of an elastomer can be made to meet orexceed the performance requirements of almost anyapplication requiring elastomeric properties.
However, while the limitless variety of elastomers is aninvaluable asset to a designer selecting an elastomer, it is the designer’s biggest limitation when selecting anadhesive. The countless adhesives available, coupledwith the virtually limitless elastomer formulations possible, make it highly unlikely that there will be bond strength data for the specific adhesive/elastomer combination in the designer's application.
The SolutionBond Strength InformationThis guide is designed to indicate the bondability of the26 most commonly used families of elastomers. Thiswas accomplished using two approaches. The majorityof elastomers which were evaluated were compoundedspecifically to determine the effect different additivesand fillers had on the bondability of these materials.Once the designer identifies the elastomer formulationscontaining the same fillers and additives that aredesired to be bonded, the adhesives can then bepinpointed which performed best on those materials.Although this will probably not tell the designer theexact bond strength that will be achieved by thatspecific adhesive on that specific material, it will givethe designer a general idea of what bond strengths canbe achieved. For the other elastomers, bond strengthtesting was performed on commercially availablegrades which were selected to represent each majorcategory of the elastomer based on the major end-useapplications, and/or the chemical structure of thatelastomer.
Adhesive InformationAn adhesive cannot be selected for an applicationsolely on the basis of bond strength information. Otherfactors such as the cure speed, environmentalresistance, thermal resistance, and suitability forautomation of an adhesive will play a critical role indetermining the best adhesive for a specific application.To give a designer insight into these design parameters,an in-depth description of the seven adhesive types,namely cyanoacrylates, no-mix/static mix acrylics, hotmelts, epoxies, polyurethanes, silicones and light curingacrylics, has been included in this guide. Theseadhesive sections contain a general description of eachadhesive, a detailed discussion of the chemicalstructure and cure mechanism of each adhesive, andthe benefits and limitations of using each adhesive.
Elastomer InformationManufacturers may have the flexibility to select theelastomers which are best suited for their applicationsin terms of performance and bondability. To aid thedesigner, an in-depth discussion of each of theelastomer types is included. Information coveredincludes a general description of the elastomer and itsproperties, as well as a list of trade names, suppliersand typical applications.
Cure Process EffectsFor thermoset rubbers, the ultimate bond strength mightbe improved by stopping the vulcanization processbefore all cross-linking sites available have beenconsumed. Stopping the vulcanization process beforethe rubber has achieved its ultimate modulus will leaveunreacted cross-linking sites on the rubber backboneand form a polymer with a lower cross-link density. As aresult, the unreacted cross-linking sites may improvebond strength by reacting with the adhesive. In addition,the lower cross-link density of the rubber may facilitateadhesive penetration of the rubber polymer network. Toinvestigate this phenomenon, each of the thermosetrubbers, except the PEBA, was cured to 80% of theirultimate modulus (noted as T80 cure in the adhesiveshear strength tables), and tested for bond strength.These results were then compared with those of thecontrol for statistically significant differences.
Bond Design InformationFinally, a manufacturer may have a design in which hedesires to incorporate an adhesively bonded joint. Toeffectively design that joint, the designer must knowwhich parameters are critical to the bond strengthsachieved by a bonded joint and the effect thatchanging these parameters will have. A bond designsection which reviews the basics of designing anadhesively bonded single lap joint is included in anattempt to give the designer insight into this area.Although most “real world” bond geometries are morecomplex than single lap joints, this information can beextrapolated as a general indicator of the effectscaused by changing bond geometries.
2
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2
CyanoacrylateAdhesivesGeneral DescriptionCyanoacrylates are one-part, room-temperature-curingadhesives that are available in viscosities ranging fromwater-thin liquids to thixotropic gels. When pressed intoa thin film between two surfaces, cyanoacrylates curerapidly to form rigid thermoplastics with excellentadhesion to most substrates.
One of the benefits cyanoacrylates offer is theavailability of a wide variety of specialty formulationswith properties tailored to meet particularly challengingapplications. For example, rubber-toughenedcyanoacrylates offer high peel strength and impactresistance to complement the high shear and tensilestrengths characteristic of cyanoacrylates. Thermallyresistant cyanoacrylates are available which offerexcellent bond strength retention after exposure totemperatures as high as 250°F for thousands of hours.Moreover, “Surface-insensitive” cyanoacrylates offerrapid fixture times and cure speeds on acidic surfaces,such as wood or dichromated metals, which could slowthe cure of a cyanoacrylate. In some cases, the use of ageneral-purpose cyanoacrylate adhesive was hamperedby the appearance of a white haze around the bondline. This phenomenon is known as “blooming” or“frosting” and occurs when cyanoacrylate monomervolatizes, reacts with moisture in the air, and settles onthe part. To eliminate this problem, “Low Odor/LowBloom” cyanoacrylates were developed. They have alower vapor pressure than standard cyanoacrylates andtherefore are less likely to volatize. Ultraviolet curing(UV) cyanoacrylates are the latest advancement in cyanoacrylate technology. UV cyanoacrylates utilizeproprietary photoinitiators to allow cyanoacrylates tosurface cure in seconds when exposed to ultraviolet orvisible light of the appropriate wavelength. Light CureTechnology makes cyanoacrylates cure even faster,overcome blooming, and limiting or eliminating stresscracking. While advances in cyanoacrylate formulatingtechnology have played a key role in offering additionalbenefits to the end user, there have also beenimportant developments in cyanoacrylate primer andaccelerator technology.
Accelerators speed the cure of cyanoacrylate adhesivesand are primarily used to reduce cure/fixture times, tocure fillets on bond lines and/or excess adhesive.Accelerators consist of an active ingredient dispersedin a solvent. The accelerator is typically applied to asubstrate surface prior to the application of theadhesive. Once the carrier solvent has evaporated, the
cyanoacrylate can immediately be applied and its cureinitiated by the active species that the accelerator hasleft behind. Depending on the particular solvent andactive species present in the accelerator, the solventcan require 10 to 60 seconds to evaporate, and theactive species can have an on-part life ranging from 1minute to 72 hours. Accelerator can also be sprayedover a drop of free cyanoacrylate to rapidly cure it. Thistechnique has been widely used for wire tacking in theelectronics industry.
Another benefit offered by cyanoacrylates is theavailability of primers which enable them to form strongbonds with polyolefins and other difficult-to-bondplastics such as fluoropolymers and acetal resins. Likethe accelerators, polyolefin primers consist of an activeingredient dispersed in a solvent. Once the carriersolvent has evaporated, the surface is immediatelyready for bonding, and the primer will have an on-partlife ranging from minutes to hours. Depending on theplastic, bond strengths up to 20 times the unprimedbond strength can be achieved.
ChemistryCyanoacrylate adhesives are cyanoacrylate esters, ofwhich methyl and ethyl cyanoacrylates are the mostcommon. Cyanoacrylates undergo anionic polymerizationin the presence of a weak base, such as water, and arestabilized through the addition of a weak acid. Whenthe adhesive contacts a surface, the water present onthe surface neutralizes the acidic stabilizer in theadhesive, resulting in the rapid polymerization of thecyanoacrylate.
Advantages• One-part system • Solvent-free • Rapid room temperature cure • Excellent adhesion to many substrates • Easy to dispense in automated systems • Wide range of viscosities available • Excellent bond strength in shear and tensile mode • Primers available for polyolefins and difficult to bond
plastics• UV/Visible cure formulas available
Disadvantages• Poor peel strength • Limited gap cure • Poor durability on glass • Poor solvent resistance • Low temperature resistance • Bonds skin rapidly • May stress crack some plastics
3
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 24
Epoxy AdhesivesGeneral DescriptionEpoxy adhesives are typically two-part systems (resinand hardener) which cure at room temperature,although one-part pre-mixes which utilize a heat cureare also available, as are UV curable one and twocomponent epoxies. The two components reactstoichiometrically, so maintaining proper mix ratio isimportant to ensure consistent performance. Uponmixing, the curing reaction of the epoxy can release agreat deal of heat and result in a significanttemperature rise in the adhesive. In some applications,such as deep section potting, this heat rise can besufficient to char the adhesive. Upon cure, epoxies formtough, rigid thermoset polymers with high adhesion toa wide variety of substrates and good environmentalresistance. The viscosities of epoxy adhesives canrange from a few thousand centipoise to thixotropicpastes.
The wide variety of chemical species that can reactwith the epoxide end group and the inherent stability oftwo-part adhesive systems lead to a wide variety ofepoxy formulations available to the end-user. Theperformance properties of epoxies can be tailored tospecific needs through a wide variety of techniques.Epoxy adhesives are typically rigid and formulatingtechniques must be employed to produce flexibleepoxies. These techniques include the use of non-reactive plasticizers, the incorporation of rubber into theepoxy and the use of epoxy resins with flexiblebackbones. The properties of epoxy adhesives are alsovaried through the use of fillers. For example, quartzfillers can impart improved impact resistance, ceramicfillers can offer improved abrasion resistance, and silvercan be used to produce epoxies which are electricallyconductive.
ChemistryEpoxy adhesives polymerize to form thermosetpolymers when covalent bonds between the epoxyresin and the hardener are formed through the reactionof the epoxide ring with the ring-opening species onthe hardener. Amines, amides, mercaptans, andanhydrides are some of the types of hardener that arecommonly used. Catalysts can be employed toaccelerate the reaction rate between the epoxy resinand hardener. In addition, heat will also accelerate thereaction. If heat is used to accelerate the cure of theepoxy, the increase in temperature can result in a dropof viscosity and an increased flow of the adhesive. Inaddition, curing the epoxy at a higher temperature willusually result in a stiffer material with a higher cross-link density and glass transition temperature.
Advantages• High cohesive strength• High adhesion to a wide variety of substrates• Good toughness• Cure can be accelerated with heat• Excellent depth of cure• Good environmental resistance
Disadvantages• Two-part systems require mixing• One-part systems require heat cure• Long cure and fixture times• Limited pot life and work time• Exotherm may be problematic
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 5
Hot Melt AdhesivesGeneral DescriptionHot melt adhesives are one-part solvent-freethermoplastic adhesives that are solid at roomtemperature and a low to medium viscosity (750-10,000cP) adhesive at dispense temperatures (typicallygreater than 195°C). After dispense, hot melt adhesivesrapidly cool to form a strong bond. In the cured orcooled state, hot melt adhesives can vary in physicalproperties from soft rubbery and very tacky to hard andrigid. Hot melts have excellent long term durability andresistance to moisture, chemicals, oils, and temperatureextremes.
The latest advancement in hot melt technology is thereactive polyurethane adhesive (PUR). PURs initiallybehave like standard hot melts. That is, heat is addedto the soften the urethane prepolymer and it isdispensed hot. Once the PUR cools, it reacts withmoisture to cross-link into a tough thermosetpolyurethane adhesive that cannot be remelted byadding heat.
ChemistryChemistries include ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA),polyolefin and polyamide based hot melts. EVA hotmelts are the “original” hot melt and are thought of asthe low cost, low performance hot melt. EVAs providegood adhesion to steel aluminum, rubber, and manyplastics. Typical EVA hot melt applications include boxand carton sealing. EVA hot melts can be formulated tocarry a FDA approval for use in food packaging. Out ofall available hot melts, EVAs typically have the pooresthigh temperature resistance.
Polyamide hot melts are a higher cost, higherperforming adhesive with excellent high temperatureresistance (up to 300°F). Specialty formulations areavailable that carry a UL-94V-0 rating (flameresistance). Polyamide hot melts have a tendency toabsorb moisture from the air and require specialpackaging and storage considerations.
Polyolefin hot melts are specially formulated foradhesion to polyolefin (polypropylene, polyethylene,etc.) plastics. Compared to other chemistries, they havelonger open times and they have excellent resistanceagainst polar solvents.
Reactive polyurethanes are supplied as an urethaneprepolymer, behaving much like a standard hot meltuntil it cools. Once the PUR cools, it reacts withmoisture over time (a few days) to cross-link into atough thermoset polyurethane.
Advantages• One-part, solvent-free• Fast fixturing• High adhesion to plastics• Wide variety of formulations available• Low volumetric cost
Disadvantages• Hot dispense point• Operator safety – Hot dispense point• Poor adhesion on metals• Cools quickly• Equipment is required• Thermoplastic parts may deform• Charring in reservoir• Moisture sensitivity
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 26
Light Curing Acrylic AdhesivesGeneral DescriptionLight curing acrylic adhesives are supplied as one-part,solvent-free liquids with viscosities ranging from 50 cPto thixotropic gels. Upon exposure to ultraviolet orvisible light of the proper intensity and spectral output,these adhesives cure rapidly to form thermosetpolymers with excellent adhesion to a wide variety ofsubstrates. The cure times of light curing acrylicadhesives are dependent on many parameters,however, cure times of 2 to 60 seconds are typical andcure depths in excess of 0.5" (13 mm) are possible.Formulations of light curing acrylic adhesives areavailable which vary in cured properties from very rigid, glassy materials to soft, flexible elastomers.
Light curing acrylic adhesives cure rapidly on demand,which minimizes work in progress and offers virtuallyunlimited repositioning time. In addition, the wide rangeof viscosities available facilitates the selection of aproduct for automated dispensing. These qualitiesmake light curing acrylics ideally suited for automatedbonding processes.
ChemistryLight curing acrylic adhesives are composed of a blendof monomers, oligomers, and polymers containing theacrylate functionality to which a photoinitiator is added.Upon exposure to light of the proper intensity andspectral output, the photoinitiator decomposes to yieldfree radicals. The free radicals then initiatepolymerization of the adhesive through the acrylategroups to yield a thermoset polymer.
When the adhesive is cured in contact with air, the free radicals created by the decomposition of thephotoinitiator can be scavenged by oxygen prior toinitiating polymerization. This can lead to incompletecure of the adhesive at the adhesive/oxygen interface,yielding a tacky surface. To minimize the possibility offorming a tacky surface, the irradiance of light reachingthe adhesive can be increased, the spectral output ofthe light source can be matched to the absorbancespectrum of the photoinitiator, and/or the adhesive canbe covered with an inert gas blanket during cure.
Advantages• Cure on demand • Good environmental resistance • Wide range of viscosities available • Solvent-free • Good gap filling • One part • Dispensing is easily automated • Clear bond lines • Rapid fixture and complete cure • Wide range of physical properties• UV/Visible cure systems available• Fluorescent dyes can be added to ease
inspection/detection
Disadvantages• Light must be able to reach bond line • Oxygen can inhibit cure • Equipment expense for light source • Ozone created by high intensity light source must
be vented
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 7
PolyurethaneAdhesivesGeneral DescriptionPolyurethane adhesives are supplied as one and two-part systems which range in viscosity from self-levelingliquids to non-slumping pastes. They cure to formthermoset polymers with good solvent and chemicalresistance. They are extremely versatile and can rangein cured form from extremely soft elastomers to rigid,extremely hard plastics. Polyurethanes offer a goodblend of cohesive strength and flexibility which makesthem very tough, durable adhesives.
Polyurethanes bond well to most unconditionedsubstrates, but may require the use of solvent-basedprimers to achieve high bond strengths. They offergood toughness at low temperatures, but typicallydegrade in strength after long-term exposure over302°F (150°C). Since the cure of one-part, moisture-curing polyurethanes is dependent on moisturediffusing through the polymer, the maximum depth ofcure that can be achieved in a reasonable time islimited at approximately 0.375''(9.5 mm). Two-partsystems, on the other hand, offer unlimited depth ofcure.
ChemistryOne-part polyurethane adhesives can react withmoisture to polymerize. Another cure mechanisminvolves the evolution of species that inhibit the cure ofthe polyurethane. In either case, cure is dependent ona chemical species diffusing through the polyurethanematrix, so the depth of cure is limited. Two-partpolyurethanes, which generally cure through thereaction of an isocyanate and a polyol, avoid thislimitation and offer superior depth of cure. In eithercase, the polyurethane polymer forms rigid and softdomains that give the polymer its balance of flexibilityand high strength.
Advantages• Extremely tough• Good resistance to solvents• High cohesive strength• Good impact resistance• Good abrasion resistance
Disadvantages• Limited depth of cure for one-part polyurethanes• Mixing required for two-part polyurethanes• Primer may be needed for adhesion to some
substrates• Limited high temperature use
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 28
Silicone AdhesivesGeneral DescriptionSilicone adhesives are typically supplied as one-partsystems which range in viscosity from self-leveling liquids to non-slumping pastes. They cure to soft,thermoset elastomers with excellent property retentionover a wide temperature range. Silicones have goodadhesion to many substrates, but are limited in theirutility as structural adhesives by their low cohesivestrength.
Silicone adhesives are typically cured via reaction withambient humidity, although formulations are alsoavailable which can be cured by exposure to ultravioletlight of the proper irradiance and spectral output. Sincethe cure of moisture curing silicones is dependent onmoisture diffusing through the silicone matrix, the curerate is strongly affected by the ambient relativehumidity. Moisture curing silicones have a maximumdepth of cure which is limited to 0.375 - 0.500". At 50%RH, moisture cure silicones will cure to a tack freesurface in 5-60 minutes depending on the type used.Complete cure through thick sections of silicone cantake up to 72 hours. It should be noted that adhesivestrength may continue to develop for 1-2 weeks afterthe silicone has been applied. This occurs because thereaction between the reactive groups on the siliconepolymer and the reactive groups on the substratesurface is slower than the cross-linking reaction of thesilicone groups with themselves.
Moisture curing silicones are categorized by the by-product given off as they cure with moisture. Forexample, acetoxy cure silicones give off acetic acid.Alkoxy cure silicones give off alcohols, typicallymethanol or ethanol, and oxime curing silicones evolveoxime. Acetoxy cure silicones are known for their abilityto cure rapidly and develop good adhesion to manysubstrates. Their largest limitation is the potential forthe by-product acetic acid to promote corrosion. Alkoxycure silicones, on the other hand, do not have thislimitation because the alcohol by-products are non-corrosive. This makes them well suited for electronicand medical applications where the acetic acid couldbe a problem. Unfortunately, alkoxy silicones typicallyhave lower adhesion and take longer to cure thanacetoxy silicones. Oxime evolving silicones offer curespeeds and adhesion which rivals, and in some casessurpasses, that of acetoxy cure silicones. However, theoxime they evolve will not corrode ferric substrates,although it can stain copper or brass.
Consequently, oxime silicones have found widespreaduse in automotive gasketing applications. The chief limitation of all moisture curing silicones is the difficultyassociated with accelerating the cure rate. This concernwas addressed through the development of UV curesilicones.
Ultraviolet light curing silicones generally also have asecondary moisture cure mechanism to insure that anysilicone which is not irradiated with ultraviolet light willstill cure. Upon exposure to ultraviolet light of the proper irradiance and intensity, they will form a tackfree surface and cure to a polymer with up to 80% ofits ultimate physical strength in less than a minute.Initial adhesion can be good, but because ultimatebond strength is dependent on the moisture cure portion of the silicone, full bond strength can take 1-2weeks to develop. The adhesive strength achieved by aUV/moisture cure silicone is typically a function of thetype of moisture cure used. Silicones with a secondaryacetoxy cure show good bond strength while thosewith a secondary alkoxy cure are lower.
ChemistrySilicone formulations are available which can be curedthrough moisture, heat, mixing two components andexposure to ultraviolet light. The silicones used foradhesives are typically the one-part moisture curingand UV curing silicones. All silicones have a chemicalbackbone made up of silicone to oxygen bonds, knownas siloxane bonds. It is the high energy of this bondthat gives silicones their unique high temperature performance properties.
Advantages• One-part systems available• Solvent free• Room temperature cure• Excellent adhesion to many substrates• Extremely flexible• UV Curing formulations available
Disadvantages• Poor cohesive strength• Moisture cure systems have limited depth of cure• Swelled by non-polar solvents
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 9
No-Mix and Static MixAcrylic AdhesivesGeneral DescriptionAcrylic adhesives consist of a resin and an activator/hardener. The resin component is a solvent-free, high-viscosity liquid, typically in the range of 10,000 to100,000 cP, while the activator component can be asolvent dispersion of the cure catalyst (no-mix) or ahigh viscosity mix of the cure catalyst and performanceadditives.
If the carrier solvent present in the activator solventdispersion is undesirable, the pure catalyst is alsoavailable as a solvent-free activator. However, whenusing a solvent-free activator, the amount of activatorapplied must be tightly controlled, as excessiveactivator will detrimentally affect the performance ofthe adhesive. With static-mix acrylics, the viscosity ofthe resin and hardener are formulated to be verysimilar in order to ensure good mixing through thestatic mix tip. A primer may also be incorporated intothe resin or hardener in order to enhance the bondstrength on some substrates.
The resin base of no-mix acrylic adhesives can also beheat cured. A typical heat cure cycle is ten minutes at300°F (149°C). Heat curing normally offers higher bondstrengths and shorter cure times. However, heating theadhesive lowers the resin’s viscosity and may result insome adhesive flow out of large gaps. In someinstances, it is desired to use a combination of thesetwo cure methods, fixturing the assembly with activatorprior to heat cure.
Application MethodWhen an activator is used, the adhesive is cured in the following manner:
✓ The resin is applied to one of the substrate surfaces.✓ The activator is typically applied to the other surface.✓ The activator’s carrier solvent is allowed to flash off.✓ The two surfaces are mated together.✓ The catalyst from the activator then initiates the
polymerization of the resin.
Typically, these systems develop fixture strength in twominutes and full strength in 4-24 hours. The activatorserves only as a catalyst for the polymerization of theresin, so when using an activator, the ratio of activatorto resin is not critical. However, this is not the case forsolventless activators, because the activator is soconcentrated that excess activator can prevent theadhesive from forming an intimate bond with thesubstrate. Since polymerization is initiated at theinterface between the activator and resin, the cure
depth is limited. Typically, the maximum cure-through-depth is 0.30" (0.76 mm) from this interface.
Static-mix acrylic adhesives are dispersed using handheld applicators and the appropriate static-mix tip(typically 24 elements). Static-mix acrylics offerunlimited depth of cure but due to the exothermicnature of the reaction, caution must be exercised. Theexotherm may deform temperature sensitive substratesor cause “read-through” on the opposite surface.
ChemistryThe resin base consists of an elastomer dissolved inacrylic monomers. Peroxides are then blended in toprovide the resin with a source of free radicals. Theelastomers form a rubbery phase which gives theadhesive its toughness, and the acrylic monomers formthe thermoset polymer matrix which gives the adhesiveits environmental resistance and strength.
The type of cure catalyst used in the activator will varydepending on the cure chemistry of the adhesive. Inno-mix acrylics, the catalyst(s) are often diluted in asolvent, although in some cases, they are supplied insolventless formulations. In static-mix acrylics thecatalyst is blended in with a portion of the elastomer inorder to match the viscosity of the resin. Upon contactof the cure catalyst(s) with the resin base, the peroxidein the resin base decomposes to yield free radicals.These radicals then initiate polymerization through theacrylate groups on the monomer in the resin base.
Advantages• No mixing required (no-mix acrylics only)• Good environmental resistance• High peel and impact strength• Bonds to lightly contaminated surfaces• Fast fixture and cure• Room temperature cure• Good adhesion to many substrates• Cure can be accelerated with heat
Disadvantages• Higher viscosity systems can make automated
dispensing difficult• Activator may contain solvents (no-mix acrylics only)• Unpleasant odor• Limited cure-through depth (no-mix acrylics only)• High exotherm (static-mix acrylics)• Short worklife of some formulations (static-mix
acrylics)
Why Bond ElastomersWith Loctite® BrandAdhesives?Advantages Over OtherAssembly MethodsAdhesives offer an array of benefits to the manufacturerwho needs to join elastomeric substrates to othersubstrates in their manufacturing process. Thesebenefits are best understood by comparing adhesivejoining processes with the other options amanufacturing engineer can consider.
Advantages Versus MechanicalFastenersMechanical fasteners are quick and easy to use, buthave a number of significant drawbacks.
• They create stresses in the elastomer, which maylead to distortion or ripping of the part; adhesivesdo not.
• There are extra components which must be purchased and inventoried. Adhesives require no extra components.
• They require altering the design of the product toinclude bosses and holes. Adhesives require nospecial features.
• Their appearance often interferes with the stylingof the product. Adhesives are invisible inside abonded joint.
• They concentrate all of the holding power at thefastener location, causing the applied load to becarried by a small area of elastomer. Adhesivesspread the load evenly over the entire joint area.
Advantages Versus Ultrasonic WeldingUltrasonic welding can be an excellent method for certain types of assemblies. There are, however, anumber of factors which limit its usefulness.
• The dampening characteristics of most elastomerscan make them poor candidates for ultrasonicwelding. Adhesives are not limited in this fashion.
• Ultrasonic welding is not usable for thermosetrubbers. Adhesives are.
• Joining of elastomers to metal, glass, or othermaterials is not feasible in most cases. Adhesivesdo this easily.
• The design of joints is restricted to geometrieswhich are favorable to the process. Ideally, theyshould have a small, uniform contact area to concentrate the ultrasonic energy. Adhesives can accommodate irregular bond lines.
• The capability of joining different thermoplasticelastomers in the same assembly is limited tothose which are chemically compatible and havesimilar melting points. Adhesives are not restrictedin this way.
• Ultrasonic welding requires investment in machinery as well as special tooling for each part. Adhesives require no machinery or tooling.
Advantages Versus Solvent WeldingSolvent welding can be a useful, low-cost method ofbonding elastomers. However, its usefulness is limitedby a number of disadvantages.
• Solvent welding cannot be used with dissimilarmaterials such as metals or glass. Adhesives dothe job.
• Solvents will not work with thermoset rubbers.Adhesives will.
• Solvents are more likely to cause stress crackingthan are adhesives.
• The time between application of the solvent andjoining the parts is critical. The joints are weak iftoo much solvent remains in the bond area or iftoo much solvent has flashed off prior toassembly. Adhesives have a much less criticalopen time.
• Solvent cementing is not capable of joining partswith significant gaps between them. Adhesivestolerate much larger gaps.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 210
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 11
How To Use The Bonding Chapters
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 254
Polysulfide Rubber
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• LP Morton Thiokol• Thiokol Morton Thiokol
General DescriptionThe key factor that distinguishes polysulfide rubbersfrom other rubbers is the high sulfur content of thepolymer backbone. This results in a very flexible, virtually impermeable rubber. Polysulfide elastomersare produced by the condensation reaction of anorganic dihalide with sodium tetrasulfide. Examples of organic dihalides used include ethylene dichlorideand di-2-chloroethyl ether. Commercial grades vary in sulfur content from 37 to 84%; the sulfur content of the resulting rubber being dependent on the basemonomer selected. In addition to the performancebenefits offered by the high sulfur content of the backbone, the various reactive sites on the polymerbackbone facilitate cross-linking by a wide variety ofmethods. Generally, a metal oxide or peroxide is usedto cross-link the terminal thiol groups, althoughterminal chlorine and hydroxide groups can also beused. Polysulfide polymers are available in viscositiesranging from pourable liquids to millable gum stock.The strong odor of polysulfides, coupled with the needto peptize some of the gum rubber stocks, can makethem difficult to process.
General PropertiesThe key performance benefits of polysulfide elastomersare their outstanding chemical resistance and virtualimpermeability to most gases, hydrocarbon solventsand moisture. This, coupled with their high flexibilityand long-term resistance to both polar and non-polarsolvents, makes them especially well suited for sealingapplications that require exceptional barrier andresistance properties. Other performancecharacteristics include good performance at lowtemperatures and good resistance to UV and ozone.Polysulfide elastomers do not have very goodcompression set resistance and have fair physicalproperties. The limited physical properties can beaddressed by compounding them with other rubbers,such as polychloroprene. Polysulfide rubber has arecommended service temperature of approximately -40 to 250°F (-40 to -121°C).
Typical Applications• Aerospace Propellant binders, gas bladders,
sealants, valves
• Automotive Gaskets, rubber washers
• Construction Building caulk, window glazing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Clay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseAromatic Oil - DecreaseAntistatic - Increase
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
Trade NamesLists common suppliers of each elastomer and the tradenames of their products.
Typical ApplicationsLists common markets where the elastomer is used and specific applications.
General DescriptionProvides informationconcerning the chemicalstructure, types available andcure method used (ifappropriate).
Relative AdhesivePerformanceProvides relative ranking of bond strengths achieved withadhesives tested.
General PropertiesDescribes the keycharacteristics of eachelastomer.
Effects of Formulationand ProcessingHighlights formulation orelastomer processing changeswhich had a significant effecton adhesive performance.
Surface TreatmentsSummarizes the effect ofLoctite® 770™ Prism® Primeron cyanoacrylate adhesiveperformance.
A
A
B
B
C D
D
C
E
E
F
F
G
G
ShadingWhen the cell is shaded grey, the addition ofthe indicated additive or filler, the processingchange or the change in the chemical make-up of the polymer resulted in a statisticallysignificant increase in bondability whencompared to the control. A statisticallysignificant decrease is denoted by redshading. If there is a change in the failuremode, the cell is also shaded accordingly.
Single LineA single line in the table indicates that theelastomer evaluated below the line was formulated from a control and comparedback to that control to determine the effectof an additive, filler, processing change orchange in chemistry. To determine thecontrol, move up the table from the singleline until a row has a double line on top ofthe table. That row will be the control and isoften denoted as the “control”.
T80 Cure (not shown)Stopping the polymerization process beforecompletion could theoretically increase itsbondability for two reasons. The first reasonbeing that the lower cross-link density of thepolymer allows for increased diffusion of theadhesive into the rubber. The second reasonbeing that the active species that were not utilized during vulcanization can now reactwith the adhesive. In this testing, thepolymerization was stopped when themodulus was 80% of the modulus at full cure.
Double LineA double line in the table indicates that theelastomer evaluated below the line was notcompared to a control to determine the effectof a filler, additive, processing change orchange in the polymer chemistry.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 212
How To Use The Adhesive Shear Strength Table
ControlThe control is an unfilled elastomer that wasused as the base resin for all compounded formulations. It is listed at the top of the tableand is indicated as the “control”. Eachformulation of elastomer was produced bycompounding the unfilled elastomer with asingle additive or filler. That formulation wasthen compared to the control to determinestatistically significant effects within 95%confidence limits. In some cases, a change inthe process or the chemical composition wasevaluated. In these cases, that specificformulation may not have been compoundedusing the control elastomers but wascompared to the control to determine theeffect of the change.
Elastomer DescriptionThe elastomer formulations were selected intwo ways. For five of the twenty-five elastomersevaluated, commercially available grades wereevaluated which were selected to representeach of the major categories of that elastomer.The twenty remaining elastomers werespecifically compounded for the purpose ofdetermining the effect of individual additivesand fillers on the bondability of that material.
• Commercially Available GradesIf commercially available grades were evaluated, then the specific grades whichwere tested were listed in the left-hand column of this table.
• Specialty FormulationsIf special formulations were compounded,then the additive, filler, processing change orchange in chemical structure was indicated,as well as the specific concentration andproduct used, in the left-hand column of this table.
NotesThis section explains the superscripts and shading used in the table.
A
B
C
F
D
E
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 13
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2
PS B
lend
Krat
on D
110
1 10
0 ph
r53
051
063
045
052
09
025
029
010
20Po
lyst
yren
e 10
0 ph
r3.
653.
524.
34
3.10
3.5
90.
621.
722.
007.
03
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsN
one
Req
uire
d
Con
trol
: Kra
ton
G 1
650
100
phr
290
>51
0∆37
023
023
09
017
017
06
60
S-EB
-S2.
00>
3.52
∆2.
551.
59
1.5
90.
621.
171.
174.
55C
arbo
n B
lack
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r53
0>
810∆
570
36
062
05
017
028
06
60
N-5
5010
0 ph
r3.
65>
5.5
9∆3.
932.
48
4.27
0.3
41.
171.
934.
55C
lay
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r22
051
05
80
320
34
05
017
023
0>
109
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r1.
523.
524.
002.
212.
34
0.3
41.
171.
59
>7.
52∆
Silic
aKr
aton
G 1
650
100
phr
44
0>
550∆
>55
0∆3
90
510
30
60
39
0>
66
0∆H
i Sil
233
50 p
hr3.
03>
3.52
∆>
3.79
∆2.
69
3.52
0.21
0.41
2.6
9>
4.55
∆
Whi
ting
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r5
018
0>
200∆
40
40
30
30
30
180
Prec
ipita
ted
Whi
ting
100
phr
0.3
41.
24>
1.35
∆0.
280.
280.
210.
210.
211.
24A
rom
atic
Oil
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r14
0>
300
∆15
015
014
020
50
40
160
Aro
mat
ic O
il10
0 ph
r0.
97>
2.07
∆1.
031.
030.
970.
140.
34
0.28
1.10
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r8
03
00>
370∆
90
80
<10
50
40
170
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
100
phr
0.55
2.07
>2.
55∆
0.62
0.55
<0.
070.
34
0.28
1.17
Plas
ticiz
erKr
aton
G 1
650
100
phr
10<
1020
1020
<10
<10
<10
20D
ioct
yl P
htha
late
50 p
hr0.
07<
0.07
0.14
0.07
0.14
<0.
07<
0.07
<0.
070.
14Pr
oces
sing
Aid
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r29
051
037
03
90
230
90
110
210
410
Car
naub
a W
ax10
phr
2.00
3.52
2.55
2.6
91.
59
0.62
20.
761.
452.
83EV
A B
lend
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r13
024
037
018
014
020
40
170
410
EVA
20 p
hr0.
90
1.65
2.55
1.24
0.97
0.14
0.28
1.17
2.83
PE B
lend
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r52
051
055
037
055
06
08
035
06
60
Poly
ethy
lene
100
phr
3.5
93.
523.
792.
553.
790.
410.
552.
414.
55A
ntis
tatic
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r22
019
016
023
023
0<
1010
012
026
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
1.52
1.31
1.10
1.5
91.
59
<0.
070.
69
0.83
1.79
Krat
on D
110
110
0 ph
r16
028
037
023
023
05
017
013
0>
430∆
S-B
-S L
inea
r1.
101.
932.
551.
59
1.5
90.
34
1.17
0.9
0>
2.9
6∆
C-F
lex
100
phr
140
>24
0∆22
08
010
010
203
017
0Si
licon
e O
il0.
97>
1.65
∆1.
520.
550.
69
0.07
0.14
0.21
1.17
Krat
on D
111
8X10
0 ph
r12
013
015
012
014
070
170
90
320
SB T
ype
Bra
nche
d0.
830.
90
1.03
0.83
0.97
0.4
81.
170.
622.
21
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Sty
rene
But
adie
ne T
PE
Kra
ton
by S
hell
Che
mic
al a
nd C
-Fle
x by
Con
cept
Pol
ymer
Tec
hnol
ogy
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant i
ncre
ase
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t dec
reas
ein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by
the
adhe
sive
cou
ld b
e de
term
ined
.
A
B
C
D E F
*Thi
s fo
rmat
is a
pplic
able
to
all s
ubst
rate
sex
clud
ing
PE
BA
(pg.
44-
45).
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 214
Butyl Rubber (IIR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Exxon Butyl Exxon Chemical• Polysar Butyl Bayer
General DescriptionButyl rubber is poly(methylpropene-co-2-methyl-1,3butadiene) or poly(isobutylene-co-isoprene). The rubber gum stock is produced through the cationicpolymerization of isobutylene with 1-3% isoprene. Theisoprene is incorporated into the polymer structure toprovide unsaturated sites which can be utilized to formcured rubber from the gum stock. Butyl rubber is typically cross-linked using sulfur, however, two othermethods are also available. The first method is to reactthe butyl gum stock with phenol-formaldehyde resin.The other involves reacting it with p-quinone dioxime,or p-quinone dioxime dibenzoate, in conjunction withlead oxide. The cross-link density and ultimateproperties of the cured rubber can be controlled byvarying the amount of unsaturation in the basepolymer. The properties of the base polymer are alsocontrolled by varying the molecular weight of thepolymer and the degree of branching in the gum stock.Halogenation of these rubbers has been used toproduce the family of halogenated butyl rubbers whichare discussed in a separate chapter.
General PropertiesThe saturation of the polymer backbone and lack ofreactive groups result in a combination of valuableproperties that have made butyl polymers one of themost widely used synthetic elastomers. The aliphaticnature of the polymer gives it good resistance toozone, UV light, moisture and mineral acids. This alsocontributes to its thermal resistance, which is limitedmore by the type of cross-link system used than thestability of the polymer backbone. Butyl rubberformulations cured using sulfur tend to degrade afterlong-term exposure to temperatures above 302°F(150°C). Formulations which utilize the phenolformaldehyde resin cure system offer much betterthermal resistance. Butyl rubber is attacked by non-polar solvents, such as hydrocarbon oils, greases andfuels. Alternatively, butyl rubbers have good resistanceto polar liquids such as oxygenated solvents, ester typeplasticizers, vegetable oils and synthetic hydraulicfluids. The lack of bulky pendant groups on thepolymer chains allows them to pack closely and give avulcanizate with extremely low gas permeability. Thishas resulted in the widespread use of butyl rubber in
inner tubes and other industrial gas bladders. Butylcompounds have good damping and shock absorptioncharacteristics which has led to their use in automotivebody mounts.
Typical Applications• Automotive Tire inner liners, inner tubes,
radiator hose, belts
• Electronics Electrical insulation
• Industrial Conveyor belts, curing bladders, membranes, freezer gaskets, tank linings, steam hose, diaphragms
• Miscellaneous Dock fenders
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Clay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseParaffinic Oil - DecreaseProcessing Aid - DecreaseAntistat - Increase CA
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 15
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by
the
adhe
sive
cou
ld b
e de
term
ined
.
But
yl R
ubbe
rB
utyl
Rub
ber
by E
xxon
Che
mic
al
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
00 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrSu
lfur
2.00
phr
MBT
0.50
phr
TMTD
1.00
phr
T 80
Cur
eB
utyl
165
100
phr
>11
0∆>
130∆
>14
0∆8
011
03
06
06
06
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>0.
76∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
97∆
0.55
0.76
0.21
0.41
0.41
0.41
Low
Uns
atur
atio
nB
utyl
065
100
phr
>11
0∆>
140∆
>14
0∆10
011
020
40
80
80
0.8%
Uns
atur
atio
n>
0.76
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.97
∆0.
69
0.76
0.14
0.28
0.55
0.55
Hig
h U
nsat
urat
ion
But
yl 2
6810
0 ph
r>
100∆
>11
0∆>
140∆
>10
0∆>
100∆
30
60
60
90
1.6%
Uns
atur
atio
n>
0.6
9∆>
0.76
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.6
9∆>
0.6
9∆0.
210.
410.
410.
62
Car
bon
Bla
ckB
utyl
165
100
phr
430
>4
90∆
>6
40∆
170
34
08
013
017
03
00N
-550
40 p
hr2.
97>
3.3
8∆>
4.41
∆1.
172.
34
0.55
0.9
01.
172.
07
Cla
yB
utyl
165
100
phr
>21
0∆>
270∆
>23
0∆15
015
06
010
014
016
0D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r>
1.45
∆>
1.8
6∆>
1.5
9∆1.
031.
030.
410.
69
0.97
1.10
Silic
aB
utyl
165
100
phr
>21
0∆>
330∆
>3
60∆
160
200
50
709
012
0H
i Sil
233
20 p
hr>
1.45
∆>
2.28
∆>
2.4
8∆1.
101.
38
0.3
40.
48
0.62
0.83
Para
ffini
c O
ilB
utyl
165
100
phr
>8
0∆>
110∆
>10
0∆6
070
203
03
06
0Pa
raffi
nic
Oil
20 p
hr>
0.55
∆>
0.76
∆>
0.6
9∆0.
410.
48
0.14
0.21
0.21
0.41
Proc
essi
ng A
idB
utyl
165
100
phr
80
>11
0∆>
140∆
708
03
020
60
60
Petr
olat
um4
phr
0.55
>0.
76∆
>0.
97∆
0.4
80.
550.
210.
140.
410.
41A
ntio
zona
ntB
utyl
165
100
phr
>12
0∆>
110∆
>14
0∆>
140∆
>11
0∆20
40
60
90
Vano
x N
BC
3.5
phr
>0.
83∆
>0.
76∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
76∆
0.14
0.28
0.41
0.62
Ant
ista
ticB
utyl
165
100
phr
>12
0∆>
140∆
>14
0∆>
130∆
>16
0∆4
04
06
070
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r>
0.83
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.9
0∆>
1.10
∆0.
280.
280.
410.
48
Con
trol
: But
yl 1
6510
0 ph
r>
90∆
>11
0∆>
140∆
100
>11
0∆<
106
06
09
01.
2% U
nsat
urat
ion
>0.
62∆
>0.
76∆
>0.
97∆
0.6
9>
0.76
∆<
100.
410.
410.
62
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 216
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (CSM)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Hypalon DuPont Dow Elastomers
General DescriptionChlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSM) is produced viathe simultaneous chlorination and chlorosulfonation of polyethylene in an inert solvent. The addition of thechlorine groups increases the molecular irregularity of the CSM which contributes to its flexibility. The pendant chlorine groups also increase chemicalresistance and flame retardance, while the sulfonylgroups provide cross-linking sites. The sulfur contentof CSM is normally maintained at approximately 1%,while the chlorine content varies over a wide range.Low chlorine content formulations retain some of the stiffer mechanical properties of PE due to their partialcrystallinity. Increasing the chlorine content improvesoil resistance and flame resistance.
General PropertiesThe most notable properties of CSM are its chemicalresistance (especially to oxygen, oil and ozone), tensileproperties and low temperature properties. Thechemical resistance of CSM is much better than thatof neoprene and nitrile rubbers. The extremely polarnature of the polymer’s backbone makes it especiallywell suited for non-polar service environments. Theozone resistance of CSM is such that antiozonants arenot normally used. CSM is tougher than silicone andEPDM. This is illustrated by the high tensile strengthsthat are achieved by CSM without high filler levels. Theproperties of CSM are very dependent on the chlorinecontent. As the chlorine content increases, the heatresistance, low temperature flexibility and electricalresistance decrease. The ozone resistance alsodecreases, but the effect is much lower in magnitudethan that of the aforementioned properties. On theother hand, as the chlorine content increases, theflame resistance and oil resistance increase. The electrical properties of CSM are better than most elastomers, but not as good as EPDM. Compounds ofCSM can be formulated with excellent abrasionresistance and brittle temperatures as low as -76°F (-60°C). Other noteworthy properties of CSM are itsexcellent radiation resistance and color stability.
Typical Applications• Automotive Hoses, spark plug boots
• Industrial Hoses, coatings
• Consumer Pond liners, roof membranes
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Low Chlorine - Increase
High Chlorine - IncreaseCarbon Black - IncreaseCalcium Carbonate - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseTitanium Dioxide - IncreaseAntistatic - Increase
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 17
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
Chl
oros
ulfo
nate
d P
olye
thyl
ene
Hyp
alon
by
DuP
ont
Dow
Ela
stom
ers
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsM
agne
sium
Oxi
de4.
00 p
hrTM
TD2.
00 p
hrR
ubbe
r M
aker
’s S
ulfu
r1.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>51
0∆>
610∆
>55
0∆19
027
06
012
016
025
035
% C
hlor
ine
>3.
52∆
>4.
21∆
>3.
79∆
1.31
1.8
60.
410.
831.
101.
72T 8
0C
ure
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>51
0∆>
610∆
>55
0∆19
027
05
012
011
018
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>3.
52∆
>4.
21∆
>3.
79∆
1.31
1.8
60.
34
0.83
0.76
1.24
Low
Chl
orin
eH
ypal
on 4
510
0 ph
r>
66
0∆>
870∆
>55
0∆41
0>
520∆
90
240
36
04
0024
% C
hlor
ine
>4.
55∆
>6.
00∆
>3.
79∆
2.83
>3.
59∆
0.62
1.6
62.
48
2.76
Hig
h C
hlor
ine
Hyp
alon
48
100
phr
>51
0∆>
610∆
700
260
270
80
150
240
48
043
% C
hlor
ine
>3.
52∆
>4.
21∆
4.83
1.79
1.8
60.
551.
031.
66
3.31
Car
bon
Bla
ckH
ypal
on 4
010
0 ph
r>
850∆
>10
10∆
>87
0∆5
40
84
010
024
083
010
30
N-9
9010
0 ph
r>
5.8
6∆>
6.97
∆>
6.00
∆3.
725.
790.
69
1.6
65.
727.
10C
alci
um C
arbo
nate
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>4
00∆
>45
0∆>
410∆
39
0>
39
0∆12
021
033
0>
700∆
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te10
0 ph
r>
2.76
∆>
3.10
∆>
2.83
∆2.
69
>2.
69∆
0.83
1.45
2.28
>4.
83∆
Cla
yH
ypal
on 4
010
0 ph
r>
510∆
>61
0∆>
550∆
190
39
010
012
020
093
0D
ixie
Cla
y50
phr
>3.
52∆
>4.
21∆
>3.
79∆
1.31
2.6
90.
69
0.83
1.3
86.
41Si
lica
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>5
40∆
>10
00∆
>55
0∆51
072
06
021
05
40
86
0H
i Sil
233
50 p
hr>
3.72
∆>
6.9
0∆>
3.79
∆3.
524.
970.
411.
453.
725.
93Ti
tani
um D
ioxi
deH
ypal
on 4
010
0 ph
r>
510∆
>8
00∆
>75
0∆26
027
06
015
023
010
50
Tita
nium
Dio
xide
40 p
hr>
3.52
∆>
5.52
∆>
5.17
∆1.
791.
86
0.41
1.03
1.5
97.
24A
rom
atic
Oil
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
160
>61
0∆>
550∆
>19
0∆>
270∆
<10
50
80
90
Sund
ex 7
9075
phr
1.10
>4.
21∆
>3.
79∆
>1.
31∆
>1.
86∆
<0.
070.
34
0.55
0.62
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>9
90∆
>9
40∆
>9
60∆
190
270
40
120
160
250
Cal
sol 8
240
30 p
hr>
6.83
∆>
6.4
8∆>
6.62
∆1.
311.
86
0.28
0.83
1.10
1.72
Poly
ethy
lene
Wax
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>51
0∆>
410∆
>55
0∆12
027
012
05
020
025
0A
C61
7A10
phr
>3.
52∆
>2.
83∆
>3.
79∆
0.83
1.8
60.
830.
34
1.3
81.
72A
ntis
tatic
Hyp
alon
40
100
phr
>51
0∆>
610∆
>55
0∆43
0>
36
0∆6
014
025
055
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>3.
52∆
>4.
21∆
>3.
79∆
2.97
>2.
48∆
0.41
0.97
1.72
3.79
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 218
Copolyester TPE
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Ecdel Eastman• Hytrel DuPont• Lomod GE• Riteflex Hoescht Celanese
General DescriptionCopolyester TPE is composed of alternating hard poly-1,4-butanediol terephthalate and soft long-chainpolyalkylene ether terephthalate block copolymers connected by ester and ether linkages. Copolyesterhas an -A-B-A-B- structure. However, the performanceof copolyester TPE is analogous to that of three blockcopolymers such as styrenic TPEs.
General PropertiesThe cost of copolyester TPE is above average, but theperformance is also above average. They have 2 to 15times the strength of conventional rubbers. This meansthat replacing a thermoset rubber with a copolyesterTPE can result in a significant decrease in the part volume and weight. Consequently, the option of reducing the required size of the part while achievingthe original mechanical and strength properties cansignificantly offset the higher cost of copolyester TPE.Copolyester TPE has very good resistance to organicsolvents and aqueous solutions. However, they havepoor resistance to halogenated solvents, acids andbases. They have moderate thermal resistance withrecommended service temperatures ranging from -67 to 285°F (-55 to 140°C). Below their elastic limit,copolyester TPE has excellent physical properties.Tensile strength ranges from 3000 to 8000 psi (20.7 to55.2 MPa). The elastic limit of copolyester TPE is only25%, which is low for an elastomer. Above thiselongation, the polymer will be permanently deformed.The low elongation is accompanied by an unusuallyhigh hardness. The hardness typically ranges from 40to 75 Shore D. Plasticizer is not used whencompounding copolyester TPEs. This makescopolyester TPE purer than most other TPEs which,consequently, makes them especially well suited formedical and food applications.
Typical Applications• Automotive Fuel tanks, gear wheels, boots,
drive belts
• Consumer Ski boots
• Industrial Gears, belts, bellows, boots, coiltubing and cables
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Decrease
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 19
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
Cop
olye
ster
TP
EH
ytre
l by
DuP
ont
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
ns
Non
e R
equi
red
Hyt
rel G
5544
100
phr
330
1570
1510
510
56
020
170
350
1220
2.28
10.8
310
.41
3.52
3.8
60.
141.
172.
418.
41
Hyt
rel 7
246
100
phr
118
010
2065
04
0047
012
012
047
011
708.
147.
034.
48
2.76
3.
240.
830.
833.
248.
07
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 220
Epichlorohydrin Rubber (CO, ECO, GCO, GECO)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Hydrin Zeon
General DescriptionEpichlorohydrin polymers are available as ahomopolymer (CO) of epichlorohydrin,epichlorohydrin/ethylene oxide copolymer (ECO),epichlorohydrin/allyl glycidyl ether copolymer (GCO)and epichlorohydrin/ethylene oxide/allyl glycidyl etherterpolymer (GECO). The ethylene oxide content variesfrom zero in the homopolymer, to 32 to 35% forterpolymers and up to 50% for copolymers. As ethyleneoxide content increases, the halogen content andpolarity of the polymer decreases. Blends of the variousrubber types are used to obtain specific properties. Theallyl glycidyl ether provides a cure site on the polymerbackbone. This permits the use of other cure systems,such as peroxides, rather than the sulfur-basedsystems which are typically used for CO and ECO.
General PropertiesAll epichlorohydrin polymers offer low temperatureflexibility; resistance to oils, fuel and common solvents;low gas permeability; good weatherability and gooddynamic properties. The specific degree to which theseproperties are manifested varies with each type ofepichlorohydrin polymer. Because all epichlorohydrinpolymers have a completely saturated backbone, theyall have good resistance to UV, ozone and thermaldegradation. For the lowest gas permeability, thehomopolymer is the polymer of choice. The lowerhalogen content in the copolymers and terpolymerimparts a higher degree of flexibility to the backboneand results in improved low temperature performanceof the material. This improvement is gained at theexpense of an increase in permeability. If the ECOcopolymer is difficult to cure, or the properties thatresult from the sulfur-based cure systems areunacceptable, copolymer or terpolymer containing theallyl glycidyl ether monomer can be used. Theunsaturated site opens the door to cure by a peroxidesystem. This yields improved high temperatureproperties and compression set resistance over sulfurcured systems. The copolymers and terpolymer have alower halogen content than the pure homopolymer.Consequently, the resistance to non-polar solvents,such as fuels and oils, is decreased. Aqueous and non-aqueous electrolytes rapidly degrade the polarepichlorohydrin polymer.
Typical Applications• Automotive Fuel pump diaphragms, hoses,
motor mounts, boots, seals,o-rings, air conditioning systemcomponents
• Industrial Gaskets, rolls, belts, bladders
• Medical Oxygen mask hoses
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Hydrin C - Increase CA
Hydrin T - Increase CACarbon Black - IncreasePlasticizer - Decrease
• T80 Cure Increase CA
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 21
Epic
hlor
ohyd
rin
Rub
ber
Hyd
rin
by Z
eon
Che
mic
al C
orpo
rati
on
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsZ
inc
Oxi
de3.
00 p
hrZ
O-9
2.00
phr
Ethy
lene
Thi
urea
2.00
phr
Con
trol
: Hyd
rin H
100
phr
>12
0∆>
110∆
>14
0∆>
100∆
>12
0∆6
06
010
0>
160∆
Hom
opol
ymer
>0.
83∆
>0.
76∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
69∆
>0.
83∆
0.41
0.41
0.6
9>
1.10
∆
T 80
Cur
eH
ydrin
H10
0 ph
r>
150∆
>16
0∆>
140∆
>13
0∆>
120∆
40
60
100
>20
0∆C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>1.
03∆
>1.
10∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
83∆
0.28
0.41
0.6
9>
1.3
8∆
Hyd
rin C
Hyd
rin C
100
phr
>31
0∆>
150∆
>16
0∆>
120∆
>12
0∆6
06
08
016
0EC
O c
opol
ymer
>2.
14∆
>1.
03∆
>1.
10∆
>0.
83∆
>0.
83∆
0.41
0.41
0.55
1.10
Hyd
rin T
Hyd
rin T
100
phr
>14
0∆>
150∆
>14
0∆>
100∆
>11
0∆4
070
>6
0∆>
160∆
GEC
O T
erpo
lym
er>
0.97
∆>
1.03
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.6
9∆>
0.76
∆0.
280.
48
>0.
41∆
>1.
10∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckH
ydrin
H10
0 ph
r>
750∆
>87
0∆>
48
0∆33
029
09
014
014
016
0N
-550
25 p
hr>
5.17
∆>
6.00
∆>
3.31
∆2.
282.
000.
620.
970.
971.
10C
alci
um C
arbo
nate
Hyd
rin H
100
phr
>11
0∆>
130∆
>14
0∆>
120∆
>12
0∆3
06
010
0>
160∆
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te50
phr
>0.
76∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
83∆
>0.
83∆
0.21
0.41
0.6
9>
1.10
∆
Plas
ticiz
erH
ydrin
H10
0 ph
r>
90∆
>11
0∆>
100∆
>8
0∆>
90∆
30
50
70>
130∆
Dio
ctyl
Pht
hala
te10
phr
>0.
62∆
>0.
76∆
>0.
69∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
62∆
0.21
0.3
40.
48
>0.
90∆
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 222
Ethylene Acrylic Rubber (EEA)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Vamac DuPont
General DescriptionEthylene acrylic rubber is manufactured exclusively by DuPont under the trade name Vamac. Vamac is aterpolymer of ethylene, methacrylate and a smallquantity of a third monomer which contributes acarboxylate cure site. Raising the level of methacrylatemonomer in the terpolymer blend improves oilresistance, at the expense of low temperature flexibility.Ester plasticizers are used to improve low temperatureproperties, but can be lost in heat aging or extractedby solvents at high temperatures. These rubbers tendto stick to processing equipment and generally containprocessing aids such as release agents. Theseproducts can be cured with peroxide cure systems,although superior properties generally result from theuse of multivalent diamine cure systems. Ethyleneacrylic rubber is commonly reinforced with carbonblack to obtain best performance properties.
General PropertiesEthylene acrylic rubbers have better heat resistanceand low temperature flexibility than polyacrylate rubbers. Ethylene acrylic rubber also offers excellentresistance to water. This, coupled with its resistance toUV and ozone, give it excellent weathering resistance.These improvements are gained while offeringequivalent oil resistance to polyacrylate rubber. Otherless notable improvements include the improvedoxidative, alkali and acid resistance of Vamac overpolyacrylate rubbers. Ethylene acrylic rubber offerspoor resistance to non-mineral oil brake fluid, esters orketones. They do, however, offer excellent resistance todiesel fuel, kerosene, ethylene glycol and water. Vamachas combustion products that are have a very lowsmoke density, toxicity and corrosivity.
Typical Applications• Automotive Automotive fluid seals, gaskets,
boots, grommets, vibration mounts, pads, cam covers, filters, o-rings,door seals, hose covers
• Electrical Wire and cable insulation
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Clay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseAntistatic - Increase
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 23
Ethy
lene
Acr
ylic
Rub
ber
Vam
ac b
y D
uPon
t
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsA
rmee
n 18
D0.
50 p
hrH
VA-2
1.00
phr
Dia
k #
1 (A
ll Ex
cept
Gra
de G
)1.
25 p
hrVu
lcup
R (
Gra
de G
onl
y)1.
50 p
hr
Con
trol
: Vam
ac B
-124
100
phr
130
>33
0∆>
420∆
130
140
30
110
170
190
0.9
0>
2.28
∆>
2.9
0∆0.
90
0.97
0.21
0.76
1.17
1.31
T 80
Cur
eVa
mac
B-1
2410
0 ph
r>
400
∆>
330∆
>42
0∆20
0>
370∆
<10
110
100
190
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
2.76
∆>
2.28
∆>
2.9
0∆1.
38
>2.
55∆
<0.
070.
760.
69
1.31
Car
bon
Bla
ckVa
mac
B-1
2410
0 ph
r47
0>
810∆
>97
0∆3
60
>74
0∆6
017
03
0029
0N
-550
25 p
hr3.
24>
5.5
9∆>
6.6
9∆2.
48
>5.
10∆
0.41
1.17
2.07
2.00
Cla
yVa
mac
B-1
2410
0 ph
r26
033
042
0>
320∆
470
<10
150
280
>71
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y50
phr
1.79
2.28
2.9
0>
2.21
∆3.
24<
0.07
1.03
1.93
>4.
90∆
Silic
a Va
mac
B-1
2410
0 ph
r>
420∆
>79
0∆>
86
0∆33
0>
600
∆<
1015
017
033
0H
i Sil
233
15 p
hr>
2.9
0∆>
5.45
∆>
5.93
∆2.
28>
4.14
∆<
0.07
1.03
1.17
2.28
Ant
ista
ticVa
mac
B-1
2410
0 ph
r>
320∆
>41
0∆>
420∆
>3
60∆
>3
60∆
110
110
120
190
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r>
2.21
∆>
2.83
∆>
2.9
0∆>
2.4
8∆>
2.4
8∆0.
760.
760.
831.
31
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 224
Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPM, EPDM)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Nordel DuPont• Polysar EPDM Bayer• Royalene Uniroyal• Vistalon Exxon Chemical
General DescriptionEPDM is formed via the copolymerization of ethylene,propylene and a third comonomer in slurry or solution.The ethylene content of EPDM is typically 45 to 75%.The third comonomer is a non-conjugated diene. Thethree most prevalent in industry are dicyclopentadiene(DCPD), ethylidene norbornene (ENB) and 1,4hexadiene (1,4 HD); the most commonly used beingENB. The polymerization of EPDM is catalyzed with avanadium halide, halogenated aluminum alkyl and, insome cases, an activator. Due to the poor mechanicalproperties of unfilled EPDM, it typically requiresreinforcing filler levels greater than 70 phr to be ofpractical value.
General PropertiesEPDM is known for its superior resistance to ozoneand oxidation as well as its relatively low cost. The lowcost of compounded EPDM stems from its potential forhigh loading with low cost fillers. The aliphatic natureof the backbone results in the excellent weatherabilityof EPDM and also makes it extremely stable in color.Due to its non-polarity, EPDM has poor resistance tonon-polar chemicals, such as aliphatic, aromatic andchlorinated hydrocarbons, and high resistance to polarsolvents, such as ketones and alcohols. EPDM alsoexhibits good electrical properties due to the non-polarbackbone and the amorphous regions of the polymer.EPDM responds well to loading, developing high tensile, tear and abrasion properties, and is frequentlyfilled in high amounts (up to 700 phr). The mostprevalent filler is carbon black. Other fillers that arecommonly used are silicas, clays, talcs and groundwhitings. EPDM has favorable thermal properties. Heatresistance of 300°F (150°C) can be achieved withsulfur accelerated cure systems, while 350°F (177°C)can be achieved using peroxide cure systems. Inaddition, peroxide cure systems result in EPDMrubbers with better compression set properties.
Typical Applications• Automotive Hoses, belts, cable insulation,
boots, seals, weatherstrip
• Consumer Garden hose, roof sheeting, ditchliners, coated fabrics
• Electronic Cable covers, underground wire,power cable insulation
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrism Primer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Clay - Increase
Naphthenic Oil - DecreaseParaffinic Oil - Decrease
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 25
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfi-
denc
e lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fi-de
nce
limits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th
achi
eved
by
the
adhe
sive
cou
ld b
e de
term
ined
.
Ethy
lene
Pro
pyle
ne R
ubbe
rV
ista
lon
250
4 by
Exx
on C
hem
ical
, Nor
del b
y D
uPon
t, R
oyal
ene
by U
niro
yal
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m a
ndR
einf
orce
men
ts U
sed
in V
ista
lon
40
4N
-550
25.0
0 ph
rZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrV
AR
OX
DB
PH
-50
5.00
phr
VA
NA
X M
BM
1.50
phr
Zin
c S
tear
ate
1.00
phr
Con
trol
: Vis
talo
n 25
0410
0 ph
r27
0>
68
0∆>
58
0∆23
024
08
014
013
011
0EP
DM
, EN
B T
erpo
lym
er1.
86
>4.
69∆
>4.
00∆
1.5
91.
66
0.55
0.97
0.9
00.
76T 8
0C
ure
Vist
alon
250
410
0 ph
r>
270∆
>6
80∆
>6
80∆
>23
0∆>
500
∆<
1019
016
011
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>1.
86∆
>4.
69∆
>4.
69∆
>1.
59∆
>3.
45∆
<0.
071.
311.
10.
76Vi
stal
on 4
0410
0 ph
r>
270∆
>3
60∆
>35
0∆8
014
06
014
08
011
0EP
Cop
olym
er>
1.8
6∆>
2.4
8∆>
2.41
∆0.
550.
970.
410.
970.
550.
76
Nor
del 1
040
100
phr
>3
90∆
>4
40∆
>4
90∆
230
>35
0∆8
017
022
03
40
EPD
M, H
D T
erpo
lym
er>
2.6
9∆>
3.03
∆>
3.3
8∆1.
59
>2.
41∆
0.55
1.17
1.52
2.3
4
Roy
alen
e 30
1-T
100
phr
>27
0∆>
210∆
>25
0∆23
0>
240∆
80
40
130
110
EPD
M, D
CPD
Ter
poly
mer
>1.
86∆
>1.
45∆
>1.
72∆
1.5
9>
1.6
6∆0.
550.
280.
90
0.76
Car
bon
Bla
ckVi
stal
on 2
504
100
phr
510
>6
80∆
>41
0∆23
0>
54
0∆6
023
011
021
0N
-550
65 p
hr3.
52>
4.6
9∆>
2.83
∆1.
59
>3.
72∆
0.41
1.5
90.
761.
45C
lay
Vist
alon
250
410
0 ph
r>
290∆
>27
0∆>
250∆
>28
0∆>
220∆
80
240
250
>29
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y20
0 ph
r>
2.00
∆>
1.8
6∆>
1.72
∆>
1.93
∆>
1.52
∆0.
551.
66
1.72
>2.
00∆
Vist
alon
370
810
0 ph
r19
041
0>
58
0∆23
03
40
50
7013
011
0EP
DM
, Hig
h Et
hyle
ne1.
312.
83>
4.00
∆1.
59
2.3
40.
34
0.4
80.
90
0.76
Silic
aVi
stal
on 2
504
100
phr
270
>53
0∆>
58
0∆23
024
0<
1019
013
011
0H
i Sil
233
20 p
hr1.
86
>3.
66∆
>3
66∆
1.5
91.
66
<0.
071.
310.
90
0.76
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Vist
alon
250
410
0 ph
r>
38
0∆>
510∆
>5
80∆
120
160
40
100
80
110
Nap
htha
nic
Oil
25 p
hr>
2.62
∆>
3.52
∆>
4.00
∆0.
831.
100.
280.
69
0.55
0.76
Para
ffini
c O
ilVi
stal
on 2
504
100
phr
100
>5
00∆
>5
80∆
150
200
40
709
070
Para
ffini
c O
il25
phr
0.6
9>
3.45
∆>
4.00
∆1.
031.
38
0.28
0.4
80.
620.
48
Ant
ista
tic
Vist
alon
250
410
0 ph
r>
470∆
>4
00∆
>3
90∆
>4
00∆
>42
0∆5
011
013
011
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>3.
24∆
>2.
76∆
>2.
69∆
>2.
76∆
>2.
90∆
0.3
40.
760.
90
0.76
Cur
e S
yste
m a
ndR
einf
orce
men
ts U
sed
inA
ll O
ther
For
mul
atio
nsN
-550
25.0
0 ph
rZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrC
AP
TAX
1.50
phr
Met
hyl T
UA
DS
0.8
0 ph
rS
tear
ic A
cid
1.00
phr
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 226
Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate Copolymer (EVA)
thermoset rubber or thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Elvax DuPont• Escorene Exxon Chemical• Evazote B.P. Chemicals• Ultrathene Quantum Chemicals
General DescriptionEthylene-vinyl acetate copolymer is formed through thecopolymerization of ethylene and vinyl acetate bycontinuous bulk polymerization or solutionpolymerization. Since bulk polymerization producespolymer too low in molecular weight to be useful in therubber industry, solution polymerization is predominatelyused. Common grades have vinyl acetate contentsranging from 2% to 50%. As the vinyl acetate contentchanges, the crystallinity of the polymer decreasesfrom 60% to 10%, respectively. Since EVA is athermoplastic, it can be processed by methodscommon to thermoplastics such as extrusion, injectionmolding, blow molding, calendering, and rotationalmolding. Subsequent cross-linking with a peroxidecure system can yield thermoset EVA.
General PropertiesThe properties of ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer varydepending primarily on the level of vinyl acetate in thecopolymer. At lower levels of vinyl acetate, thecopolymer is a thermoplastic with properties similar tolow density polyethylene. As the vinyl acetate contentis increased, the copolymer takes on the performancecharacteristics of a thermoplastic elastomer until thecrystallinity drops so low that the copolymer forms asoft rubbery material with minimal physical strength.The copolymer containing high levels of vinyl acetate isprimarily used as a component in adhesives andcoatings but can be vulcanized to obtain usefulphysical properties. As vinyl acetate content increases,polymer flexibility, toughness, solubility in organicsolvents and clarity increase. The lowered crystallinitycaused by the addition of the vinyl acetate contributesto good durability at lower temperatures andenvironmental stress cracking resistance. Theenhanced flexibility is accompanied by lower softeningpoint temperatures as the vinyl acetate contentincreases, which limits the upper service temperaturesof these materials. EVA has good resistance to saltwater and bases, but is not compatible with strongoxidizers. Grades offering good resistance tohydrocarbon greases are available, but EVA
copolymers are generally readily soluble in a widerange of aliphatic, aromatic and chlorinated solvents.Grades offering good resistance to UV degradationand ozone are also available.
Typical Applications• Appliances Freezer door gaskets, convoluted
tube for vacuum cleaners
• Electrical Foams for static sensitive devices
• Industrial Hoses, tubes
• Packaging Shrink wrap film
• Medical Disposable gloves, anaesthesia face masks and hoses
• Miscellaneous Adhesives, coatings, sealants, solar cell encapsulants, baby bottle nipples
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Antistatic - Increase
High Vinyl Acetate - DecreaseLow Vinyl Acetate - Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 27
Ethy
lene
-Vin
yl A
ceta
te C
opol
ymer
Elva
x by
DuP
ont
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
ns
Non
e U
sed
Con
trol
: Elv
ax 5
6010
0 ph
r3
60
430
>47
0∆24
03
005
05
03
60
780
15%
Vin
yl A
ceta
te2.
48
2.97
>3.
24∆
1.6
62.
070.
34
0.3
42.
48
5.3
8A
ntis
tatic
Elva
x 56
010
0 ph
r51
055
0>
830∆
530
>5
80∆
1010
220
780
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r3.
523.
79>
5.72
∆3.
66
>4.
00∆
0.07
0.07
1.52
5.3
8El
vax
150
100
phr
300
320
>83
0∆22
029
010
7029
067
032
% V
inyl
Ace
tate
2.07
2.21
>5.
72∆
1.52
2.00
0.07
0.4
82.
004.
62
Elva
x 76
010
0 ph
r25
0>
870∆
>6
60∆
36
0>
410∆
105
041
078
09.
3% V
inyl
Ace
tate
1.72
>5.
72∆
>4.
55∆
2.4
8>
2.83
∆0.
070.
34
2.83
5.3
8
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 228
Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Dai-el Daikin• Fluorel 3M• Kalrez DuPont• Tecnoflon Ausimont• Viton DuPont Dow Elastomers
General DescriptionFluoroelastomers are produced by the polymerizationof various fluorine containing monomers. Commonlyused monomers include vinylidene fluoride,hexafluoropropylene, per fluoro (methyl vinyl ether)and tetrafluoroethylene. Generally, these monomers areused in conjunction with other non-fluorine containingmonomers which contribute cure sites and help alterthe fluorine content. The primary factors that influencethe cured performance characteristics are the fluorinecontent and the cure system used. Fluoroelastomersof varying fluorine content are divided into thefollowing groups: A-66%; B-68%; F-70% and a fourthgroup of specialty grades. The fluorine content of the rubber is controlled by monomer type andmonomer ratio. Cure systems commonly used withfluoroelastomers include diamines, bisphenol andperoxide types.
General PropertiesFluoroelastomers are known for their outstanding thermal and chemical resistance. They are generallycapable of long-term service at temperatures of 392°F(200°C). It has been reported that some grades canwithstand intermittent exposure to temperatures ashigh as 644°F (340°C). These properties stem fromthe high polarity of the fluorine group, the high bondenergy of the fluorine-carbon bond and the completesaturation of the fluorocarbon backbone. The physicalproperties of fluorocarbon elastomers are dependenton the ionic attraction between adjacent fluorine andhydrogen atoms. This attraction leads to brittle pointtemperatures as high as -13°F (-25°C). This tendencytowards poor flexibility at low temperatures increasesas the fluorine content of the polymer increases.Fluorosilicones or specialty grades of fluorocarbonelastomers are generally used where good lowtemperature flexibility is required. Fluoroelastomersshow very good resistance to hydrocarbons, acids andchlorinated solvents. To improve the oil resistance offluoro-elastomers, the fluorine content can beincreased. Increasing the fluorine content will decreaseits resistance to polar solvents due to the increased polarity of the polymer. Fluoroelastomers can also be
attacked by bases and amines. To address these limitations, specialty formulations are available withimproved chemical resistance.
Typical Applications• Aerospace Fuel seals, manifold gaskets, fuel
tank bladders, firewall seals
• Appliances Copier fuser rolls
• Automotive Shaft seals, fuel lines and seals,carburetor parts, gaskets
• Electronics Electrical connectors, wire andcable insulation
• Industrial Flue ducts, gaskets, hoses, oil well seals, pump linings
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Barium Sulfate - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseProcessing Aid - DecreaseAntistat - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 29
Fluo
roca
rbon
Rub
ber
Vit
on b
y D
uPon
t D
ow E
last
omer
s an
d Fl
uore
l by
3M
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsM
aglit
e D
3.00
phr
Cal
cium
Hyd
roxi
de6.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: Vito
n E-
60C
100
phr
>3
00∆
>3
00∆
280
>33
0∆>
270∆
7012
013
0>
510∆
Gro
up A
: Dip
olym
er, 6
6% F
luor
ine
>2.
07∆
>2.
07∆
1.93
>2.
28∆
>1.
86∆
0.4
80.
830.
90
>3.
52∆
T 80
Cur
eVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
300
∆>
300
∆28
0>
330∆
270
7012
013
0>
510∆
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
2.07
∆>
2.07
∆1.
93>
2.28
∆1.
86
0.4
80.
830.
90
>3.
52∆
Vito
n B
100
phr
>3
00∆
>3
00∆
>28
0∆20
0>
210∆
7011
013
0>
400
∆
Gro
up B
: Te
rpol
ymer
, 68%
Flu
orin
e>
2.07
∆>
2.07
∆>
1.93
∆1.
38
>1.
45∆
0.4
80.
760.
90
>2.
76∆
Fluo
rel 5
730Q
SMR
-510
0 ph
r>
280∆
>35
0∆>
280∆
230
>27
0∆4
08
08
0>
510∆
Gro
up F
: H
igh
Fluo
rine,
70%
Flu
orin
e>
2.93
∆>
2.41
∆>
1.93
∆1.
59
>1.
86∆
0.28
0.55
0.55
>3.
52∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
44
0∆>
530∆
>52
0∆>
520∆
>5
60∆
7019
024
0>
830∆
MT
N99
030
phr
>3.
03∆
>3.
66∆
>3.
59∆
>3.
59∆
>3.
86∆
0.4
81.
311.
66
>5.
72∆
Bar
ium
Sul
fate
Vito
n E-
60C
100
phr
>24
0∆>
300
∆>
280∆
>33
0∆>
270∆
100
170
200
>51
0∆B
ariu
m S
ulfa
te50
phr
>1.
66∆
>2.
07∆
>1.
93∆
>2.
28∆
>1.
86∆
0.6
91.
171.
38
>3.
52∆
Silic
aVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
66
0∆>
750∆
>73
0∆>
69
0∆>
790∆
7021
031
0>
106
0∆Po
lyet
hyle
ne G
lyco
l
2
.5 p
hr,
Hi S
il 23
315
phr
>4.
55∆
>5.
17∆
>5.
03∆
>4.
76∆
>5.
45∆
0.4
81.
452.
14>
7.31
∆
Proc
essi
ng A
idVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
250∆
>3
00∆
>28
0∆>
330∆
>27
0∆70
120
130
>41
0∆C
arna
uba
Wax
5 ph
r>
1.72
∆>
2.07
∆>
1.93
∆>
2.28
∆>
1.8
6∆0.
48
0.83
0.9
0>
2.83
∆
Proc
essi
ng A
idVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
120∆
>14
0∆>
150∆
>11
0∆>
140∆
7012
015
0>
170∆
Dyn
amar
PPA
-790
5 ph
r>
0.83
∆>
0.97
∆>
1.03
∆>
0.76
∆>
0.97
∆0.
48
0.83
1.03
>1.
17∆
Ant
ista
ticVi
ton
E-60
C10
0 ph
r>
150∆
>20
0∆>
180∆
>16
0∆>
270∆
50
100
>17
0∆>
36
0∆A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
03∆
>1.
38∆
>1.
24∆
>1.
10∆
>1.
86∆
0.3
40.
69
>1.
17∆
>2.
48∆
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 230
Fluorosilicone Rubber (FVMQ)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• FE Shinetsu Chemical Company• FSE General Electric• LS Dow Corning
General DescriptionFluorosilicone rubber has an inorganic siliconebackbone, comprised of siloxane linkages (silicon-oxygen bonds). This, coupled with the highly polarpendant trifluoropropyl groups, give fluorosilicones aunique combination of properties. The siloxanebackbone provides superior flexibility at lowtemperatures compared to other fluoroelastomers. Thependant trifluoropropyl groups make the elastomerextremely polar which increases its resistance to non-polar solvents. Silicone elastomers have one pendantmethyl group and one pendant trifluoropropyl groupfor 40-90 mole % of the silicon atoms on the backbonedepending on the fluorine content of the monomersselected. A small percent of silicon atoms with apendant vinyl group will be incorporated into thepolymer chain to serve as cross-link sites. Typically, it isrequired for fluorosilicones to be reinforced with silicato obtain useful physical properties.
General PropertiesFluorosilicones are renowned for their fuel resistanceand utility in extreme temperature serviceenvironments. The siloxane backbone results in apolymer with excellent UV, ozone and thermalresistance. The maximum recommended servicetemperature is in excess of 392˚F (200˚C) for mostgrades with brittle points as low as -85˚F (-65˚C). Thisresults in better flexibility at low temperatures thanfluorocarbon elastomers can offer. The polarity of thefluorosilicone elastomer results in very good resistanceto non-polar solvents such as aliphatic and aromatichydrocarbons commonly used in fuels. In comparisonto silicone rubbers, the primary advantage offluorosilicone rubbers is their exceptional resistance tonon-polar solvents which would normally cause severeswelling of the PMVQ rubbers. On the other hand, thefluorosilicone will have less resistance to polar solventsthan PMVQ rubbers.
Typical Applications• Automotive O-rings, seals
• Industrial Shaft seals, gaskets, molded goods, duct hoses
• Electronics Wire and cable insulation
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveAcetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Calcium Carbonate - IncreaseFluorosilicone Oil - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 31
Fluo
rosi
licon
e R
ubbe
rFS
E 26
20U
by
Gen
eral
Ele
ctri
c
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m a
ndR
einf
orce
men
t U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsD
iCup
R2.
00 p
hrA
eros
il 20
05.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: FSE
262
0U10
0 ph
r6
0>
190∆
>24
0∆70
110
110
160
90
120
0.41
>1.
31∆
>1.
66∆
0.4
80.
760.
761.
100.
620.
83T 8
0 C
ure
FSE
2620
U10
0 ph
r6
023
0>
240∆
7011
08
016
06
012
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
0.41
1.5
9>
1.6
6∆0.
48
0.76
0.55
1.10
0.41
0.83
Car
bon
Bla
ckFS
E 26
20U
100
phr
80
210
>24
0∆12
012
011
024
09
012
0N
-550
25 p
hr0.
551.
45>
1.6
6∆0.
830.
830.
761.
66
0.62
0.83
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teFS
E 26
20U
100
phr
100
>19
0∆>
240∆
90
110
170
160
90
190
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te40
phr
0.6
9>
1.31
∆>
1.6
6∆0.
620.
761.
171.
100.
621.
31
Fluo
rosi
licon
e O
ilFS
E 26
20U
100
phr
260
>13
0∆>
150∆
50
80
110
160
<10
70Fl
uoro
silic
one
Oil
10 p
hr1.
79>
0.9
0∆>
1.03
∆0.
34
0.55
0.76
1.10
<0.
070.
48
Silic
aFS
E 26
20U
100
phr
60
>19
0∆>
240∆
7011
011
016
09
012
0A
eros
il 20
0 10
phr
0.41
>1.
31∆
>1.
66∆
0.4
80.
760.
761.
100.
620.
83
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 232
Halogenated Butyl Rubber (BIIR, CIIR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Exxon Bromobutyl Exxon Chemical• Exxon Chlorobutyl Exxon Chemical• Polysar Bromobutyl Bayer• Polysar Chlorobutyl Bayer
General DescriptionHalogenated butyl rubber is created by thehalogenation of butyl rubber with either bromine orchlorine. Bromine or chlorine is added to the butylpolymer at a 1:1 molar ratio of halogen to isoprene.The addition of the halogen atoms to the butylbackbone increases the polarity of the non-polar butylrubber. The increase in polarity yields rubber withbetter resistance to non-polar hydrocarbons andallows it to be blended with more polar rubbers whichcontain unsaturation. As a result, halobutyl rubberscan be covulcanized with natural rubber, neoprene,styrene butadiene, nitrile, chlorosulfonatedpolyethylene, butyl, EPDM, and epichlorohydrinelastomers. Another benefit of halogenation is that theallylic halogen structures formed facilitate cross-linkingby cure systems other than sulfur. This avoids thethermal limitations of sulfur cured butyl rubber whileretaining the low gas permeability and goodenvironmental resistance inherent in butyl rubbers.
General PropertiesThe key performance feature of butyl rubber is itsextremely low permeability to gas and moisture. This is attributed to the long aliphatic polymer backboneand absence of bulky pendant groups which allow thepolymer chains to pack together very well. The primarydifference between halogenated butyl and butyl rubbersis that the former can be cross-linked by a variety ofdifferent cure systems, while the latter cannot. Thisresults in halogenated butyl rubbers having improvedthermal resistance over butyl rubbers because theycan be cross-linked with non-sulfur cross-link systems.Furthermore, the use of non-sulfur based cure systemsalso results in a purer rubber with less extractables.This makes halobutyl rubber compounds well suitedfor pharmaceutical closures. When formulated to offergood flex resistance, chlorobutyl covulcanizates withnatural rubber are widely used as inner liners for tubeless tires, especially in steel-belted radial tires.
Typical Applications• Automotive Tire inner liners, tire sidewalls, tire
tread components, hoses, engine mounts
• Electronics Electrical insulation
• Industrial Conveyor belts, curing bladders, membranes, tank linings, steam hose, diaphragms, gas bladders
• Medical Pharmaceutical closures
• Miscellaneous Bridge bearing pads, ball bladders,pond-liner membranes, roofing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Calcium Carbonate - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseAliphatic Oil - IncreaseNaphthenic Oil - DecreaseAntistatic - Increase for CAs
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 33
Hal
ogen
ated
But
yl R
ubbe
rB
rom
obut
yl a
nd C
hlor
obut
yl b
y Ex
xon
Che
mic
al
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
00 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrM
aglit
e D
0.50
phr
Sulfu
r2.
00 p
hrTM
TD1.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: Bro
mob
utyl
224
410
0 ph
r>
170∆
>19
0∆>
180∆
80
110
40
80
60
130
>1.
17∆
>1.
31∆
>1.
24∆
0.55
0.76
0.28
0.55
0.41
0.9
0T 8
0C
ure
Bro
mob
utyl
224
410
0 ph
r>
170∆
>19
0∆>
180∆
80
>13
0∆20
60
60
130
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
1.17
∆>
1.31
∆>
1.24
∆0.
55>
0.9
0∆0.
140.
410.
410.
90
Chl
orob
utyl
Chl
orob
utyl
106
610
0 ph
r>
130∆
>13
0∆>
130∆
80
110
40
80
80
130
>0.
90∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
90∆
0.55
0.76
0.28
0.55
0.55
0.9
0
Car
bon
Bla
ckB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
500
>5
60∆
>5
40∆
140
230
50
130
140
130
N-5
5040
phr
3.45
>3.
86∆
>3.
72∆
0.97
1.5
90.
34
0.9
00.
970.
90
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
>14
0∆>
140∆
>14
0∆12
0>
110∆
60
80
100
190
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te10
0 ph
r>
0.97
∆>
0.97
∆>
0.97
∆0.
83>
0.76
∆0.
410.
550.
69
1.31
Cla
yB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
190
240
180
160
150
80
140
140
320
Dix
ie C
lay
100
phr
1.31
1.6
61.
241.
101.
030.
550.
970.
972.
21
Silic
aB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
>26
0∆>
280∆
>32
0∆15
018
05
010
010
021
0H
i Sil
233
15 p
hr>
1.79
∆>
1.93
∆>
2.21
∆1.
031.
240.
34
0.6
90.
69
1.45
Alip
hatic
Oil
Bro
mob
utyl
224
410
0 ph
r>
300
∆>
300
∆>
260∆
130
150
60
80
80
130
Alip
hatic
Oil
20 p
hr>
2.07
∆>
2.07
∆>
1.79
∆0.
90
1.03
0.41
0.55
0.55
0.9
0N
apht
heni
c O
ilB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
>13
0∆>
140∆
>14
0∆8
0>
110∆
40
60
60
130
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
15 p
hr>
0.9
0∆>
0.97
∆>
0.97
∆0.
55>
0.76
∆0.
280.
410.
410.
90
Proc
essi
ng A
idB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
140
>18
0∆>
180∆
100
130
30
80
60
130
Stru
ktol
40
MS
10 p
hr0.
97>
1.24
∆>
1.24
∆0.
69
0.9
00.
210.
550.
410.
90
Ant
ista
ticB
rom
obut
yl 2
244
100
phr
>17
0∆>
190∆
>18
0∆>
130∆
>14
0∆4
08
06
013
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
17∆
>1.
31∆
>1.
24∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
97∆
0.28
0.55
0.41
0.9
0
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 234
Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber (H-NBR, HSN)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Therban Bayer• Zetpol Zeon Chemical
General DescriptionNitrile elastomer is produced through the emulsioncopolymerization of butadiene and acrylonitrilemonomer. Selective hydrogenation is then performed in a solvent with a noble metal catalyst to yield highlysaturated hydrogenated nitrile polymer.
General PropertiesDue to the aliphatic nature of the backbone, the thermaland chemical resistance are much improved over thatof nitrile rubber. Hydrogenated nitriles are known fortheir exceptional oil, gasoline and solvent resistance,tensile properties and extreme temperatureperformance. These properties, coupled with theirgood abrasion and water resistance, make themsuitable for a wide variety of applications.Hydrogenated nitriles react to filler loading, plasticizerloading and acrylonitrile content in much the samemanner as unsaturated nitriles, except that the physicalproperties of hydrogenated nitriles are higher. Theacrylonitrile content determines the performancecharacteristics of the rubber. For superior tensileproperties and oil resistance, a high level ofacrylonitrile should be used. If low temperatureperformance is more important, a low acrylonitrile levelis more appropriate. Fillers can also be used toincrease the performance of hydrogenated nitriles. Theaddition of carbon black and/or mineral fillers willincrease the hardness at the cost of decreasedelongation. These relationships occur in an almostlinear fashion. Fillers can also be used to increase thetensile strength of halogenated nitriles, however, theeffect is not as clear. Normally, the tensile strength willincrease to a maximum and begin decreasing. Anotherway to increase the strength, particularly the abrasionresistance, is to carboxylate the polymer. This producescarboxylic acid groups on the backbone which formadditional cross-link sites during vulcanization. Theseadditional cross-link sites increase the cross-linkdensity of the resulting nitrile elastomer which,consequently, increases the strength as well. Toincrease the heat resistance of nitrile elastomers,antioxidants may be permanently bound into thepolymer molecule. Since the antioxidants cannotevaporate or be extracted by solvents, this dramaticallyprolongs the useful life of the material.
Typical Applications• Automotive Lip seals, valve-stem seals, o-rings,
gaskets
• Industrial Oil field valve seals, o-rings, pistoncups, annular blowout preventers
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Low Acrylonitrile - Decrease
Carbon Black - DecreaseSilica - IncreaseAntistat - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Decrease
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 35
Hyd
roge
nate
d N
itri
le R
ubbe
rZ
etpo
l by
Zeo
n C
hem
ical
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsZ
inc
Oxi
de6.
00 p
hrN
aupa
rd 4
451.
50 p
hrVa
nox
ZM
TI1.
50 p
hrSt
rukt
ol W
B21
22.
00 p
hrVu
l Cup
40K
E8.
25 p
hr
Con
trol
: Zet
pol 0
020
100
phr
>93
0∆>
106
0∆28
0>
500
∆77
05
015
022
010
50
50%
Acr
ylon
itrile
, 10%
uns
atur
atio
n>
6.41
∆>
7.31
∆1.
93>
3.45
∆5.
310.
34
1.03
1.52
7.24
T-80
Cur
eZe
tpol
002
010
0 ph
r>
930∆
>10
60∆
280
>83
0∆>
99
0∆6
015
017
06
60
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
6.41
∆>
7.31
∆1.
93>
5.72
∆>
6.83
∆0.
411.
031.
174.
55Lo
w A
cryl
onitr
ileZe
tpol
200
0L10
0 ph
r>
760∆
>70
0∆>
96
0∆>
500
∆>
770∆
50
120
180
350
37%
Acr
ylon
itrile
, 5%
uns
atur
atio
n>
5.24
∆>
4.83
∆>
6.62
∆>
3.45
∆>
5.31
∆0.
34
0.83
1.24
2.41
Car
bon
Bla
ckZe
tpol
002
010
0 ph
r>
530∆
>5
00∆
>43
0∆>
500
∆>
49
0∆4
010
011
04
80
N-3
3950
phr
>3.
66∆
>3.
45∆
>2.
97∆
>3.
45∆
>3.
38∆
0.28
0.6
90.
763.
31
Silic
aZe
tpol
002
010
0 ph
r71
0>
124
0∆42
05
00>
770∆
50
210
34
010
50
Hi S
il 25
550
phr
4.9
0>
8.55
∆2.
90
3.45
>5.
31∆
0.3
41.
452.
34
7.24
Plas
ticiz
erZe
tpol
002
010
0 ph
r>
66
0∆>
106
0∆>
750∆
>8
80∆
>77
0∆10
020
022
077
0D
ibut
yl P
htha
late
25 p
hr>
4.55
∆>
7.31
∆>
5.17
∆>
6.07
∆>
5.31
∆0.
69
1.3
81.
525.
31
Ant
ista
ticZe
tpol
002
010
0 ph
r4
0041
04
005
00>
400
∆5
013
016
010
50
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r2.
762.
832.
763.
45>
2.76
∆0.
34
0.9
01.
107.
24
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 236
Melt Processible Rubber (MPR)
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Alcryn DuPont
General DescriptionMelt processible rubber is a single phase polymeralloy. The first and only commercially available singlephase MPR was developed by DuPont and is knownexclusively by the trade name Alcryn. It is a blend ofethylene interpolymers, chlorinated polyolefins withpartial cross-linking of the ethylene components, plasticizers and fillers. Hydrogen bonding between theethylene interpolymers and the chlorinated polyolefinsis achieved by incorporating the proper functionalgroups on the ethylene interpolymer. The strong resulting attraction between the two polymer speciesenables Alcryn to function as a single phase system.Alcryn can be processed by typical methods used forthermoplastics such as extrusion, injection molding,calendering, vacuum forming and blow molding. Alcryndoes not melt, but softens above 300°F (149°C) enoughto be molded with sufficient shear and pressure.
General PropertiesAlcryn is a very soft rubber with a suppleness and feelsimilar to vulcanized rubber. The key benefits offeredby Alcryn are oil resistance, good heat agingresistance and weatherability. Alcryn shows goodresistance to hydrocarbon-based oils, as well aslithium- and silicone-based greases. In solvents andfuels, Alcryn has poor resistance to aromatic andchlorinated structures. Alcryn offers excellent propertyretention when exposed to water and aqueoussolutions of inorganic acids up to 212°F (100°C).However, mineral acids degrade Alcryn, especially atelevated temperatures. It has a (continuousrecommended) service temperature ranging from -40to 225°F (-40 to 107°C). This is typical of many of thenon-vulcanized elastomers. While Alcryn exhibits goodproperty retention in this range, its low crystallinity andlack of a vulcanizate phase make it prone tounacceptable compression set at elevatedtemperatures. Alcryn is thermally stable below 360°F(182°C) but degrades above 400°F (204°C) to evolvehydrochloric acid. Alcryn has shown good propertyretention in both long-term exposure to outdoorweathering and simulated aging environments.
Typical Applications• Construction Weatherstripping
• Electrical Wire and cable jackets, electrical boots
• Industrial Seals, gaskets, tubing, hoses, conveyor belts, coated fabrics
• Miscellaneous Suction cups, athletic field markers
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Titanium Dioxide - Increase
Colorant - Decrease
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 37
Mel
t P
roce
ssib
le R
ubbe
rA
lcry
n by
DuP
ont
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
ns
Non
e R
equi
red
Con
trol
: Alc
ryn
2070
NC
100
phr
250
>47
0∆>
59
0∆19
037
06
017
023
05
40
1.72
>3.
24∆
>4.
07∆
1.31
2.55
0.41
1.17
1.5
93.
72Ti
tani
um D
ioxi
deA
lcry
n 20
70 N
C10
0 ph
r4
00>
64
0∆>
59
0∆3
60
370
1017
023
05
40
TiO
230
phr
2.76
>4.
41∆
>4.
07∆
2.4
82.
550.
071.
171.
59
3.72
Col
oran
tA
lcry
n 20
70 N
C10
0 ph
r21
0>
320∆
>3
90∆
190
370
2017
015
05
40
PVC
-bas
ed y
ello
w d
ye6
phr
1.45
>2.
21∆
>2.
69∆
1.31
2.55
0.14
1.17
1.03
3.72
Ant
ista
ticA
lcry
n 20
70 N
C10
0 ph
r28
0>
36
0∆>
400
∆37
0>
450∆
<10
170
230
36
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
1.93
>2.
48∆
>2.
76∆
2.55
>3.
10∆
<0.
071.
171.
59
2.4
8
Alc
ryn
1070
BK
100
phr
80
>6
80∆
>70
0∆18
025
04
014
015
013
00.
55>
4.6
9∆>
4.83
∆1.
241.
720.
280.
971.
030.
90
Alc
ryn
2265
UT
100
phr
200
>55
0∆>
54
0∆24
03
003
017
012
020
01.
38
>3.
79∆
>3.
72∆
1.65
2.07
0.21
1.17
0.83
1.3
8A
lcry
n 30
55 N
C10
0 ph
r6
025
0>
250∆
80
110
1011
017
0>
270∆
0.41
1.72
>1.
72∆
0.55
0.76
0.07
0.76
1.17
>1.
86∆
Alc
ryn
2070
BK
100
phr
60
>4
00∆
320
240
180
<10
150
120
350
0.41
>2.
76∆
2.21
1.65
1.24
<0.
071.
030.
832.
41
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 238
Natural Rubber (NR)
thermoset rubber
International Types of Natural Rubber• Compo Crepe• Estate Brown Crepe• Flat Bark Crepe• Pale Crepe• Pure Smoked Blanket Crepe• Ribbed Smoked Sheet• Thick Blanket Crepe• Thin Brown Crepe
General DescriptionNatural rubber is created by processing the latex ofHevea brasiliensis. Hevea brasiliensis is a plantindigenous to the Amazon valley and is the only knownplant to produce high molecular weight linear polymerwith 100% cis 1,4 polyisoprene. The average dry weightof latex is normally between 30 and 35%, typicallyranging from 25 to 45%. To obtain the latex, the tree is“tapped”. This is the process of cutting the bark back inthin sections so that the latex flows. The latex is thencollected, treated with a stabilizer to prevent prematurecoagulation and brought to a processing center. Thecollection and processing technique determines thegrade of natural rubber. There are eight different typesof natural rubber which are then classified into 35technically specified international grades. The gradeindicates the color, cleanliness, presence of bubblesand uniformity of appearance.
General PropertiesRapid crystallization on stretching gives natural rubberits exceptional tensile strength, tear strength and abrasion resistance properties. The tensile strength of unfilled vulcanates ranges from 2,500 to 3,500 psi (17 to 24 MPa), while fillers can increase that in excessof 4,500 psi (31 MPa). The resilience of natural rubberis excellent. At large strains, the fatigue life of naturalrubber is better than SBR. At low strains, the oppositeis true. The strength characteristics of natural rubberdecrease with increasing temperature. However, thestrength at temperature of natural rubber is normallysuperior to that of other elastomers. Natural rubber hasvery good processing properties and can be processedby a variety of different techniques. Conventional processing yields natural rubber with excellent initialproperties such as strength, abrasion resistance andfatigue resistance. The thermal resistance, creep andstress-relaxation properties of conventionally
processed natural rubber are not as desirable. Toincrease the thermal stability and improve the lowcompression set, an efficient (EV) accelerated sulfurvulcanization system can be used. A semi-EV systemcan be used to help trade off the increase in cost withthe increase in performance.
Typical Applications• Industrial Hoses, conveyor belts, gaskets, seals
• Engineering Springs, mountings, bushings
• Latex Gloves, condoms, carpet backing, threads
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Calcium Carbonate - IncreaseClay - IncreaseAntistatic - Increase CA
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 39
Nat
ural
Rub
ber
Sta
ndar
d M
alay
sian
Rub
ber
(SM
R)
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
00 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de3.
00 p
hrA
gerit
e St
alite
S1.
50 p
hrSu
lfur
2.00
phr
Acc
eler
ator
MBT
S1.
00 p
hrTM
TD0.
10 p
hr
Con
trol
: SM
R-5
SMR
-510
0 ph
r16
0>
300
∆>
270∆
130
140
30
50
40
230
1.10
>2.
07∆
>1.
86∆
0.9
00.
970.
210.
34
0.28
1.5
9T 8
0C
ure
SMR
-510
0 ph
r16
0>
300
∆>
270∆
130
140
40
50
40
230
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e1.
10>
2.07
∆>
1.8
6∆0.
90
0.97
0.28
0.3
40.
281.
59
SMR
-10
SMR
-10
100
phr
>20
0∆>
300
∆>
200∆
130
140
30
50
40
70>
1.3
8∆>
2.07
∆>
1.3
8∆0.
90
0.97
0.21
0.3
40.
280.
48
Car
bon
Bla
ckSM
R-5
100
phr
470
49
0>
470∆
200
270
40
110
80
240
N-5
5025
phr
3.24
3.3
8>
3.24
∆1.
38
1.8
60.
280.
760.
551.
66
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teSM
R-5
100
phr
300
300
>3
90∆
190
230
60
120
80
110
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te10
0 ph
r2.
072.
07>
2.6
9∆1.
311.
59
0.41
0.83
0.55
0.76
Cla
ySM
R-5
100
phr
290
300
270
170
140
40
130
100
240
McN
amee
Cla
y10
0 ph
r2.
002.
071.
86
1.17
0.97
0.28
0.9
00.
69
1.6
6
Silic
aSM
R-5
100
phr
250
>3
00∆
270
130
140
30
80
40
60
Hi S
il 23
315
phr
1.72
>2.
07∆
1.8
60.
90
0.97
0.21
0.55
0.28
0.41
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
SMR
-510
0 ph
r16
03
00>
270∆
190
140
40
50
40
230
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
10 p
hr1.
102.
07>
1.8
6∆1.
310.
970.
280.
34
0.28
1.5
9Pr
oces
sing
Aid
SMR
-510
0 ph
r16
0>
300
∆>
270∆
130
140
30
40
40
50
Poly
ethy
lene
170
24
phr
1.10
>2.
07∆
>1.
86∆
0.9
00.
970.
210.
280.
280.
34
Ant
iozo
nant
SMR
-510
0 ph
r>
280∆
>6
60∆
>27
0∆13
014
04
05
04
08
0Sa
ntof
lex
133
phr
>1.
93∆
>4.
55∆
>1.
86∆
0.9
00.
970.
280.
34
0.28
0.55
Ant
ista
ticSM
R-5
100
phr
>24
0∆3
00>
270∆
>3
60∆
>28
0∆3
05
04
023
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
66∆
2.07
>1.
86∆
>2.
48∆
>1.
93∆
0.21
0.3
40.
281.
59
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 240
Neoprene Rubber (Polychloroprene, CR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Baypren Bayer• Butaclor Enichem Elastomers• Neoprene DuPont
General DescriptionPolychloroprene is manufactured by the emulsion polymerization of 2-chloro-1,3 butadiene monomer andcan be modified with sulfur and/or 2,3 dichloro-1,3-butadiene (ACR). The final structure and performanceproperties of the rubber are determined by threevariables: the addition of chain transfer agents during the polymerization process; quenching the reactionthrough the addition of stabilizers; and breaking downthe gel formed during the polymerization processthrough peptization. Consequently, the manufacturingtechnique used will strongly influence the performanceproperties of the resulting rubber.
General PropertiesNeoprene offers better resistance to oxidation, ozone,weathering, water, oil and fuel than natural rubber.Although neoprene does not have any performanceproperties that are particularly outstanding, it doesoffer a good balance of various properties. The selectionof the gum stock will determine the range of propertieswhich can be attained in the final rubber. The curemethod and selection of type and level of fillers,plasticizers, processing aids and antioxidants willdetermine where the properties will fall in that range.The differences between the most common gradesused for molded assemblies can be explained in termsof their processing differences. Neoprene GN, forexample, is produced by polymerizing chloroprenemonomer in the presence of elemental sulfur. Theresulting polymer is then broken down throughpeptization. This yields a rubber with the best tearstrength, flex and resiliency. On the other hand, the Tand W types of neoprene cannot be peptized, but offersuperior stability in the uncured form as well as betterheat aging and compression set resistance whencured. The T and W types of neoprene are similar butprincipally differ in terms of nerve, with the T typehaving much less than the W. This makes it muchmore suitable for extrusion and calendering processes.In general, neoprenes also offer high tensile strength,good abrasion resistance and less compression set.Neoprenes show good performance at low temperatures,although some types are more prone to crystallizationthan others. In recent years, the use of neoprene inautomotive applications has decreased due to thedemand for performance at higher temperatures.
Typical Applications• Aerospace Gaskets, seals, deicers
• Automotive Timing belts, window gaskets, fuelhose covers, cable jacketing, sparkplug boots, hoses, joint seals
• Industrial Pipeline pigs, gaskets, hoses, power transmission belts, conveyor belts, escalator handrails
• Electronics Wire and cable jacketing
• Miscellaneous Sponge shoe soles, foam cushions
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Neoprene GN - Increase
Neoprene TW - IncreaseCarbon Black - IncreaseCalcium Carbonate - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseAromatic Oil - DecreaseAntistat - Increase
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 41
Pol
ychl
orop
rene
Rub
ber
Neo
pren
e by
DuP
ont
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
ms
Use
d in
All
Neo
pren
e W
For
mul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d0.
50 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrA
gerit
e St
alite
S2.
00 p
hrM
agne
sium
Oxi
de4.
00 p
hrEt
hyle
ne T
hiou
rea
0.60
phr
Vana
x N
P1.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: Neo
pren
e W
100
phr
>27
0∆>
310∆
>27
0∆>
260∆
>28
0∆6
05
06
020
0>
1.8
6∆>
2.14
∆>
1.8
6∆>
1.79
∆>
1.93
∆0.
410.
34
0.41
1.3
8T 8
0C
ure
Neo
pren
e W
100
phr
>27
0∆>
310∆
>3
40∆
>26
0∆>
280∆
60
80
60
>43
0∆C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>1.
86∆
>2.
14∆
>2.
34∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
93∆
0.41
0.55
0.41
>2.
97∆
Neo
pren
e G
NN
eopr
ene
GN
100
phr
>75
0∆>
58
0∆>
570∆
>35
0∆>
450∆
60
110
90
630
>5.
17∆
>4.
00∆
>3.
93∆
>2.
41∆
>3.
10∆
0.41
0.76
0.62
4.3
4
Neo
pren
e TW
Neo
pren
e TW
100
phr
>79
0∆>
58
0∆>
510∆
>26
0∆>
280∆
60
110
60
>4
40∆
>5.
45∆
>4.
00∆
>3.
52∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
93∆
0.41
0.76
0.41
>3.
03∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r>
800
∆>
930∆
>6
00∆
>6
40∆
>63
0∆6
015
010
0>
98
0∆N
-550
25 p
hr>
5.52
∆>
6.41
∆>
4.14
∆>
4.41
∆>
4.3
4∆0.
411.
030.
69
>6.
76∆
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r>
330∆
>3
80∆
>3
60∆
>35
0∆>
350∆
60
130
110
>5
40∆
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te50
phr
>2.
28∆
>2.
62∆
>2.
48∆
>2.
41∆
>2.
41∆
0.41
0.9
00.
76>
3.72
∆
Cla
yN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r3
40
420
350
38
03
80
80
180
310
>87
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r2.
34
2.9
02.
412.
622.
620.
551.
242.
14>
6.00
∆
Silic
aN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r>
700∆
>9
90∆
>51
0∆>
58
0∆>
570∆
60
130
110
>11
90∆
Hi S
il 23
315
phr
>4.
83∆
>6.
83∆
>3.
52∆
>4.
00∆
>3.
93∆
0.41
0.9
00.
76>
8.21
∆
Aro
mat
ic O
ilN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r>
200∆
>25
0∆>
210∆
>26
0∆>
180∆
40
50
60
>3
90∆
Aro
mat
ic O
il20
phr
>1.
38∆
>1.
72∆
>1.
45∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
24∆
0.28
0.3
40.
41>
2.6
9∆
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Neo
pren
e W
100
phr
>27
0∆>
310∆
>27
0∆>
260∆
>28
0∆4
05
06
0>
94
0∆N
apht
heni
c O
il20
phr
>1.
86∆
>2.
14∆
>1.
86∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
93∆
0.28
0.3
40.
41>
6.4
8∆
Ant
ista
ticN
eopr
ene
W10
0 ph
r>
270∆
>31
0∆>
36
0∆>
260∆
>28
0∆6
05
09
0>
46
0∆A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
86∆
>2.
14∆
>2.
48∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
93∆
0.41
0.3
40.
62>
3.17
∆
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 242
Nitrile Rubber (NBR, XNBR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Breon B.P. Chemicals• Chemigum Goodyear• Humex Huels Mexicanos• Krynac Polysar International• Nipol Nippon Zeon• Nysen Copolymer Rubber• Perbunan Mobay
General DescriptionNitrile elastomers are produced via the copolymerizationof butadiene and acrylonitrile monomers. The propertiesof the resulting elastomer are dependent on theacrylonitrile/butadiene ratio of the elastomer. Theacrylonitrile content typically ranges from 15 to 50%.Although thiazole and sulfenamide cure systems (thecure systems typically used to process SBR and naturalrubber) can be used to vulcanize nitrile rubber,thiurams and peroxides are normally the preferred curesystems due to the increased thermal resistance.
General PropertiesNitriles are known for their superior high and lowtemperature performance and their exceptional oil,gasoline and solvent resistance. These properties,coupled with their good abrasion resistance, waterresistance and compression set make them suitable fora wide variety of applications. Their thermal resistanceallows them to be used at service temperaturesranging from -49 to 300°F (-45 to 149°C). Since themonomer ratio has a large effect on the properties ofthe elastomer, the ratio is dictated by its end use. Forsuperior tensile properties or oil resistance, a high levelof acrylonitrile should be used. If low temperatureperformance is paramount, a low acrylonitrile level ismore appropriate. Fillers can also be used to increasethe performance of nitrile elastomers. The addition ofcarbon black and/or mineral fillers will increase thehardness at the cost of decreased elongation. Theserelationships occur in an almost linear fashion. Fillerscan also be used to increase the tensile strength ofnitrile elastomers, however, the effect is not as clear.Normally, the tensile strength will increase to amaximum at approximately 50 phr of reinforcing fillerand begin decreasing. Another way to increase thestrength, particularly the abrasion resistance, is tocarboxylate the polymer to form carboxylated nitrilerubber (XNBR). This produces carboxylic acid groupson the backbone which form additional cross-link sitesduring vulcanization. These additional cross-link sitesincrease the cross-link density of the resultingelastomer thereby increasing its strength. To increase
the heat resistance of nitrile elastomers, antioxidantsmay be permanently bound into the polymer molecule.Since the antioxidants cannot evaporate or beextracted by solvents, this dramatically prolongs theuseful life of the material. Hydrogenated nitrile rubbersare also available which contain little or no unsaturatedgroups in the polymer backbone. These elastomersshow improved resistance to severe environments andare covered in more detail in a separate chapter.
Typical Applications• Automotive Seals, hoses, tubing, belts,
electrical jacketing, gaskets
• Consumer Shoe products, coated fabrics,flooring
• Miscellaneous Adhesives, cements, PVC and ABS additive
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Low Acrylonitrile - Decrease
Carboxylated - IncreaseCarbon Black - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreasePlasticizer - Decrease
• T80 Cure Decrease
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 43
Nit
rile
Rub
ber
Che
mig
um b
y G
oody
ear
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
50 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrA
gerit
e St
alite
S1.
50 p
hrR
ubbe
r M
aker
’s S
ulfu
r1.
75 p
hrA
ccel
erat
or M
BTS
1.50
phr
Con
trol
: Che
mig
um N
687B
100
phr
>26
0∆>
290∆
>29
0∆22
0>
240∆
60
130
240
>24
0∆33
% A
cryl
onitr
ile>
1.79
∆>
2.00
∆>
2.00
∆1.
52>
1.6
6∆0.
410.
90
1.6
6>
1.6
6∆
T 80
Cur
eC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
260∆
>29
0∆>
240∆
220
>24
0∆6
013
015
024
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>1.
79∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
66∆
1.52
>1.
66∆
0.41
0.9
01.
031.
66
Low
Acr
ylon
itrile
Che
mig
um N
984B
100
phr
>26
0∆>
290∆
>26
0∆>
170∆
>20
0∆5
013
013
024
020
% A
cryl
onitr
ile>
1.79
∆>
2.00
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.17
∆>
1.3
8∆0.
34
0.9
00.
90
1.6
6
Hig
h A
cryl
onitr
ileC
hem
igum
386
B10
0 ph
r>
260∆
>29
0∆>
290∆
270
>3
00∆
60
130
170
240
40%
Acr
ylon
itrile
>1.
79∆
>2.
00∆
>2.
00∆
1.8
6>
2.07
∆0.
410.
90
1.17
1.6
6
Car
boxy
late
d C
hem
igum
NX
775
100
phr
>28
0∆>
290∆
>29
0∆28
0>
270∆
90
130
250
430
>1.
93∆
>2.
00∆
>2.
00∆
1.93
>1.
86∆
0.62
0.9
01.
722.
97
Car
bon
Bla
ckC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
36
0∆>
450∆
>37
0∆>
34
0∆>
370∆
100
200
280
240
FEF
N-5
50
60 p
hr>
2.4
8∆>
3.10
∆>
2.55
∆>
2.3
4∆>
2.55
∆0.
69
1.3
81.
931.
66
Cla
yC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r3
00>
290∆
>33
0∆>
310∆
>3
00∆
80
190
>33
0∆53
0D
ixie
Cla
y12
0 ph
r2.
07>
2.00
∆>
2.28
∆>
2.14
∆>
2.07
∆0.
551.
31>
2.28
∆3.
66
Silic
aC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
970∆
>95
0∆>
710∆
670
>6
80∆
60
190
240
240
Hi S
il 23
330
phr
>6.
69∆
>6.
55∆
>4.
90∆
4.62
>4.
69∆
0.41
1.31
1.6
61.
66
Plas
ticiz
erC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
210∆
>29
0∆>
250∆
>24
0∆>
200∆
40
130
110
>24
0∆D
ibut
yl P
htha
late
15 p
hr>
1.45
∆>
2.00
∆>
1.72
∆>
1.6
6∆>
1.3
8∆0.
280.
90
0.76
>1.
66∆
Proc
essi
ng A
idC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
260∆
>29
0∆>
240∆
>22
0∆>
240∆
7013
018
0>
240∆
Stru
rkto
l WB
-16
2.5
phr
>1.
79∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
66∆
>1.
52∆
>1.
66∆
0.4
80.
90
1.24
>1.
66∆
Ant
ista
ticC
hem
igum
N68
7B10
0 ph
r>
210∆
>29
0∆>
220∆
>22
0∆>
230∆
7010
015
024
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
45∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
52∆
>1.
52∆
>1.
59∆
0.4
80.
69
1.03
1.6
6
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 244
Polyether Block Amide (PEBA)
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Pebax Arkema Inc.
General DescriptionPolyether block amide (PEBA) is a thermoplasticelastomer formed via the copolymerzation of polyetherand polyamide. The PEBA resin family is commonlyreferred to by the trade name Pebax. PEBA is a two-phase linear chain of polyamide segmentsinterconnected with flexible polyether segments.Hence, PEBA is a flexible polyamide withoutplasticizers.
General PropertiesThe core characteristics of PEBA include outstandingflexibility and impact resistance at wide range oftemperatures, its low density, high elastic memory, andsuperior chemical resistance. It is melt processableand accepts various colors, filler, and reinforcementsystems.
PEBA is available in a variation of durometers from 70Shore A to 72 Shore D. This thermoplastic elastomerhas high load bearing capabilities, high tensilestrength, good hydrolytic stability, and is biocompatibleand chemically resistant, with high mechanicalproperties. PEBA has low water absorption, although it can be formulated for high absorption and can bewelded and sterilized.
Typical Applications• Industrial Conveyor belts, gears, packaging
• Medical Catheters, surgical gowns, bags
• Consumer Sportswear, clothing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Cyanoacrylates, Epoxies, Urethanes
• Medium Acrylics, Reactive Urethane Hot Melt
• Low Silicones, Hot Melts
Relative Resin Performance• High 7233, 6333
• Medium 5533
• Low 4033, 2533
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent• Loctite® 793™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 45
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd
Indu
stri
al A
dhes
ive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
3105
™ Li
ght
E-00
CL™
Hyso
l®E-
90FL
™ Hy
sol®
E-30
CL™
Hyso
l®E-
20H
P™ H
ysol
®E-
40FL
™ Hy
sol®
E-21
4HP™
Hys
ol®
4851
™ Pr
ism
®48
61™
Pris
m®
Cure
Adh
esive
Epox
y Ad
hesi
veEp
oxy
Adhe
sive
Epox
y Ad
hesi
veEp
oxy
Adhe
sive
Epox
y Ad
hesi
veEp
oxy
Adhe
sive
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Bra
ndM
edic
al A
dhes
ive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
M-3
1CL™
Hys
ol®
E-21
HP™
Hys
ol®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
3311
™ Li
ght
Med
ical
Dev
ice
Med
ical
Dev
ice
4851
™ Pr
ism
®48
61™
Pris
m®
Cure
Adh
esive
Epox
y Ad
hesi
veEp
oxy
Adhe
sive
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH
Peba
x 63
3324
053
569
536
563
529
520
091
568
0Pe
bax
7233
180
495
445
430
38
03
8528
581
562
5∆Pe
bax
4033
225
210
165
140
115
60
60
135
260
Peba
x 55
3361
522
567
052
03
9541
535
54
455
95Pe
bax
2533
100
170
100
120
40
40
60
395
∆4
90∆
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd
Indu
stri
al A
dhes
ive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
4305
™ Lo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ive41
4™ S
uper
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
er
Flas
hcur
e®Lo
ctite
®Lo
ctite
®
401™
Pris
m®
with
Loc
tite®
770™
with
Loc
tite®
793™
Bond
er®
480™
Pris
m®
Bond
er®
Ligh
t Cur
e59
00®
Supe
rflex
®
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Pris
m®
Prim
erIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Flan
ge S
eala
ntRT
V
Loct
ite®
Bra
ndM
edic
al A
dhes
ive
Loct
ite®
4011
™ Pr
ism
®
Loct
ite®
Med
ical
Dev
ice
Loct
ite®
4011
™ Pr
ism
®Ad
hesi
ve w
ith43
05™
Flas
hcur
e®
Med
ical
Dev
ice
Loct
ite®
7701
™Li
ght C
ure
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Adhe
sive
Peba
x 63
338
40∆
630
985
∆5
90∆
48
0∆67
06
80
199
122
Peba
x 72
3310
30∆
750
1275
∆6
90∆
520
68
08
4511
610
7Pe
bax
4033
395
485
69
0∆6
45∆
90
9562
510
761
Peba
x 55
335
80∆
910∆
830∆
285∆
44
045
55
60
113
55Pe
bax
2533
455∆
305
∆5
05∆
46
0∆31
027
5∆4
054
937
ADHE
SIVE
CHEM
ISTR
Y CA
TEGO
RYAC
RYLI
CS
ADHE
SIVE
CHEM
ISTR
Y CA
TEGO
RYEP
OXIE
SFL
EXIB
LECY
ANOA
CRYL
ATES
LIGHT
CURE
ACRY
LIC
HOTM
ELTS
MRO
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd
Indu
stri
al A
dhes
ive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
H300
0™H4
500™
3631
™ Hy
sol®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Spee
dbon
der™
Spee
dbon
der™
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Reac
tive
7804
™ Hy
sol®
1942
™ Hy
sol®
Stru
ctur
alSt
ruct
ural
3030
™33
0™ D
epen
d®Ur
etha
ne H
ot M
elt
Hot M
elt
Hot M
elt
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Adhe
sive
Loct
ite®
Bra
ndM
edic
al A
dhes
ive
Peba
x 63
3328
05
94
436
201
902
158
164
335
493
Peba
x 72
3318
532
619
322
89
4717
415
919
855
0Pe
bax
4033
116
34
916
220
737
54
651
331
483
Peba
x 55
3312
48
64
592
377
870
175
1475
451
1Pe
bax
2533
69
133
128
9719
212
895
100
30
9
NO
TES
:∆
=
The
forc
e ap
plie
d to
the
test
spe
cim
ens
exce
eded
the
stre
ngth
of t
he m
ater
ial r
esul
ting
in s
ubst
rate
failu
rebe
fore
the
actu
al b
ond
stre
ngth
ach
ieve
d by
the
adhe
sive
cou
ld b
e de
term
ined
.
Loct
ite®
Fixm
aste
r®
Epox
yAd
hesi
ve
Loct
ite®
Fixm
aste
r®
Rapi
d Ru
bber
Repa
ir Ur
etha
neAd
hesi
ve
ADHE
SIVE
CHEM
ISTR
Y CA
TEGO
RYCY
ANOA
CRYL
ATES
SILI
CONE
SFL
ASHC
URE®
CYAN
OACR
YLAT
E
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 246
Polyacrylate Rubber (ACM)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Europrene Enichem Elastomers America• Hycar B.F. Goodrich• HyTemp Zeon Chemical
General DescriptionPolyacrylate rubber is produced by polymerizing acrylicmonomers. Since acrylic monomer only contains a single double bond, polyacrylate rubber has a saturatedor aliphatic backbone. A comonomer is required ifvulcanization is desired because, otherwise, thepolymer would lack the reactive species necessary forcross-linking. Typically, an active halogen or epoxidecure system is used to vulcanize polyacrylate rubber.Varying the size of the pendant carboxylate group onthe polymer backbone has a dramatic effect on theproperties of the elastomer. Acrylate rubbers are commonly reinforced with carbon black and/or silica to achieve acceptable physical properties.
General PropertiesPolyacrylate rubbers belong to the family of specialpurpose, oil resistant rubbers which have service temperatures in excess of 300°F (149°C). The aliphaticnature of the polymer backbone results in superiorperformance properties highlighted by resistance toUV, thermal degradation, ozone and oxidation. The sizeof the pendant carboxylate group has a significanteffect on the properties of the resulting polymer.Increasing the length of the alkane chain on the carboxylate group improves the low temperature properties of the polyacrylate. However, this decreasesthe overall polarity of the polymer which, consequently,reduces its resistance to non-polar solvents. Animportant characteristic of polyacrylate rubbers iscompatibility with sulfur-bearing, extreme-pressuregear lubricants. The tear strength and abrasionresistance of polyacrylate rubbers are not exemplary,while the flame resistance and resistance to acids andbases are poor.
Typical Applications• Aerospace Rocket propellant binders
• Automotive Automotive fluid seals, high pressure hoses, seals, gaskets, boots
• Miscellaneous Adhesives, caulks, hot melts
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Medium Alkane Chain - Decrease
Long Alkane Chain - DecreaseCarbon Black - IncreaseSynthetic Graphite - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreasePlasticizer - Decrease
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 47
Pol
yacr
ylat
e R
ubbe
rH
yTem
p by
Zeo
n C
hem
ical
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
ns
NPC
-50
1.50
phr
Sodi
um S
tear
ate
1.00
phr
Con
trol
: HyT
emp
4051
100
phr
>8
0∆>
80∆
>70
∆>
70∆
>9
0∆<
106
0>
70∆
>11
0∆Sh
ort A
lkan
e C
hain
>0.
55∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
48∆
>0.
48∆
>0.
62∆
<0.
070.
41>
0.4
8∆>
0.76
∆
T 80
Cur
eH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
80∆
>8
0∆>
90∆
>9
0∆>
110∆
1070
>70
∆>
110∆
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
0.55
∆>
0.55
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.76
∆0.
070.
48
>0.
48∆
>0.
76∆
Med
ium
Alk
ane
Cha
inH
yTem
p 40
5210
0 ph
r>
50∆
>5
0∆>
50∆
>5
0∆>
50∆
<10
50
>4
0∆>
80∆
>0.
34∆
>0.
34∆
>0.
34∆
>0.
34∆
>0.
34∆
<0.
070.
34
>0.
28∆
>0.
55∆
Long
Alk
ane
Cha
inH
yTem
p 40
5410
0 ph
r>
40∆
>5
0∆>
60∆
>3
0∆>
50∆
<10
40
>4
0∆>
80∆
>0.
28∆
>0.
34∆
>0.
41∆
>0.
21∆
>0.
34∆
<0.
070.
28>
0.28
∆>
0.55
∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
44
0∆>
370∆
>4
90∆
>3
80∆
>45
0∆<
1011
011
035
0N
-550
25 p
hr>
3.03
∆>
2.55
∆>
3.3
8∆>
2.62
∆>
3.10
∆<
0.07
0.76
0.76
2.41
Synt
hetic
Gra
phite
HyT
emp
4051
100
phr
>12
0∆>
140∆
>14
0∆>
130∆
>14
0∆<
108
0>
110∆
>20
0∆A
99 G
raph
ite20
phr
>0.
83∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
97∆
>0.
90∆
>0.
97∆
<0.
070.
55>
0.76
∆>
1.3
8∆
Cla
yH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
210∆
>20
0∆>
210∆
>20
0∆>
220∆
209
011
0>
280∆
Car
bow
ax 3
350
3 ph
r,D
ixie
Cla
y50
phr
>1.
45∆
>1.
38∆
>1.
45∆
>1.
38∆
>1.
52∆
0.14
0.62
0.76
>1.
93∆
Silic
aH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
140∆
>13
0∆>
120∆
>14
0∆>
160∆
<10
60
>12
0∆>
210∆
Car
bow
ax 3
350
3 ph
r, D
ieth
ylen
e G
lyco
l 2 p
hr, H
i Sil
233
15 p
hr>
0.97
∆>
0.9
0∆>
0.83
∆>
0.97
∆>
1.10
∆<
0.07
0.41
>0.
83∆
>1.
45∆
Plas
ticiz
erH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
60∆
>70
∆>
70∆
>70
∆>
70∆
<10
40
30
>10
0∆Pa
rapl
ex G
-25
15 p
hr>
0.41
∆>
0.4
8∆>
0.4
8∆>
0.4
8∆>
0.4
8∆<
0.07
0.28
0.21
>0.
68∆
Proc
essi
ng A
idH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
80∆
>8
0∆>
80∆
>70
∆>
90∆
106
0>
70∆
>11
0∆Va
nfre
A1-
25
phr
>0.
55∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
48∆
>0.
62∆
0.07
0.41
>0.
48∆
>0.
76∆
Ant
ista
ticH
yTem
p 40
5110
0 ph
r>
60∆
>8
0∆>
90∆
>70
∆>
90∆
206
0>
70∆
>13
0∆A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>0.
41∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
62∆
>0.
48∆
>0.
62∆
0.14
0.41
>0.
48∆
>0.
90∆
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 248
Polyisoprene (IR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Isolene Hardman• Natsyn Goodyear• Nipol Goldsmith and Eggleton• SKI-3 Alcan
General DescriptionPolyisoprene is formed via the polymerization ofisoprene in a hydrocarbon solution. When the isoprenemonomer is added to the backbone, it can be added in either an R or S configuration. As a result, thepolymerization addition can proceed in severaldifferent ways. In isotactic addition, the monomergroups are exclusively added in the same configuration(RRRRRR). In syndiotactic addition, the monomergroups are added to the backbone in alternatingconfigurations (RSRSRS). Finally, in atactic addition,the addition is random (RSSSRRS). Consequently, inorder to create a stereoregular polymer matrix whichwould have physical properties similar to NR, astereospecific catalyst is required. This stereospecificcatalyst, Al-Ti, was developed in 1960 which resulted inthe first commercially viable synthetic polyisoprene.
General PropertiesNatural rubber and synthetic isoprene both have hightensile properties, good hysteresis and good hot tearproperties. The main advantages that syntheticpolyisoprenes have over natural rubbers are theirincreased process control and processability. Theseprocess characteristics arise from the fact that naturalrubber is harvested from a natural source whilesynthetic polyisoprene is produced using a highlycontrolled manufacturing process. The primaryprocessing benefits offered by synthetic isoprene areits increased processing speeds and extrusion values.Other advantages of synthetic polyisoprene are that itdoes not contain water-sensitive residues orcontaminants, and it cures more consistently. Inaddition, synthetic polyisoprene can be used at ahigher loading than natural rubber in SBR and EPDMblends. The disadvantages of synthetic polyisopreneare its decreased green strength, cure speed andaging properties when compared to NR.
Typical Applications• Automotive Tires, motor mounts, gaskets,
bushings, hoses, coatings, tubes, belts
• Consumer Rubber bands, baby bottle nipples, footwear, sporting goods, fabric threads
• Miscellaneous Adhesives, conveyors
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Light Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™ Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Calcium Carbonate - IncreaseClay - Decrease CAClay - Increase Silicones and AcrylicsNaphthenic Oil - DecreaseAntioxidant - DecreaseAntistatic - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 49
Pol
yiso
pren
eN
atsy
n by
Goo
dyea
r
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
00 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de3.
00 p
hrA
gerit
e Su
perli
te1.
50 p
hrSu
lfur
2.00
phr
Dur
ax1.
00 p
hrTM
TM0.
20 p
hr
Con
trol
: Nat
syn
2200
>24
0∆>
240∆
>29
0∆>
250∆
>20
0∆5
06
05
010
0>
1.6
6∆>
1.6
6∆>
2.00
∆>
1.72
∆>
1.3
8∆0.
34
0.41
0.3
40.
69
T 80
Cur
eN
atsy
n 22
0010
0 ph
r>
270∆
>3
00∆
>29
0∆>
250∆
>29
0∆5
06
04
010
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>1.
86∆
>2.
07∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
72∆
>2.
00∆
0.3
40.
410.
280.
69
Car
bon
Bla
ckN
atsy
n 22
0010
0 ph
r>
450∆
>4
80∆
>4
80∆
>37
0∆3
60
60
90
7010
0N
-550
25 p
hr>
3.10
∆>
3.31
∆>
3.31
∆>
2.55
∆2.
48
0.41
0.62
0.4
80.
69
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teN
atsy
n 22
0010
0 ph
r>
190∆
>24
0∆>
290∆
>25
0∆>
200∆
7011
070
>28
0∆C
alci
um C
arbo
nate
100
phr
>1.
31∆
>1.
66∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
72∆
>1.
38∆
0.4
80.
760.
48
>1.
93∆
Cla
yN
atsy
n 22
0010
0 ph
r14
024
018
010
012
06
012
010
022
0D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r0.
971.
66
1.24
0.6
90.
830.
410.
830.
69
1.52
Silic
aN
atsy
n 22
0010
0 ph
r>
240∆
>24
0∆>
290∆
170
>15
0∆5
070
60
100
Hi S
il 23
315
phr
>1.
66∆
>1.
66∆
>2.
00∆
1.17
>1.
03∆
0.3
40.
48
0.41
0.6
9
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Nat
syn
2200
100
phr
>24
0∆>
240∆
>29
0∆13
0>
200∆
40
40
40
40
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
25 p
hr>
1.6
6∆>
1.6
6∆>
2.00
∆0.
90
>1.
38∆
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.28
Ant
ioxi
dant
Nat
syn
2200
100
phr
>24
0∆>
240∆
>29
0∆>
250∆
>20
0∆4
04
04
010
0Ve
nox
2-A
Z2
phr
>1.
66∆
>1.
66∆
>2.
00∆
>1.
72∆
>1.
38∆
0.28
0.28
0.28
0.6
9A
ntis
tatic
Nat
syn
2200
100
phr
>24
0∆>
240∆
>21
0∆>
220∆
>28
0∆3
03
010
70A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>1.
66∆
>1.
66∆
>1.
45∆
>1.
52∆
>1.
93∆
0.21
0.21
0.07
0.4
8
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 250
Polyolefin Elastomers (POE)
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Engage DuPont Dow Elastomers• Hercuprene J-Von• Sarlink DSM
General DescriptionPolyolefin elastomers can be divided into two majorcategories. The first type is a two-phase polymer system consisting of a thermoplastic matrix, such aspolypropylene or polyethylene, with a dispersed secondphase of an unvulcanized rubber, such as EPDM, natural rubber and SBR. Hercuprene is an example ofthis type of polyolefin elastomer. The second categoryis a family of ethylene-octene copolymers. They areproduced by DuPont Dow Elastomers via a proprietarypolymerization technique and marketed under thetrade name Engage. These systems can be vulcanizedusing peroxides, silanes or irradiation to yield improvedhigh temperature properties.
General PropertiesPolyolefin elastomers are characterized by excellentlow temperature properties, clarity and crackresistance. Engage has a brittle point below -60°F (-76°C) for formulations with hardnesses ranging from60 to 90 Shore A. In addition, they offer excellent UV,ozone and weatherability resistance. They also offergood resistance to polar fluids. Resistance to non-polar fluids is poor due to the aliphatic nature of the polymerbackbone. Room temperature physical properties aregood. Like most thermoplastic systems, the physicalproperties at temperature decrease with increasingtemperature. This limitation can be addressed byvulcanizing the polymer. However, this extra processingstep mitigates the economic benefits of the polyolefinelastomers over conventional vulcanized rubber.Polyolefin elastomers typically have very low specificgravities and can be utilized in applications wherereducing weight is critical.
Typical Applications• Automotive Rub strips, fascias, bumper covers,
molding, trim
• Electrical Wire and cable insulation and jacketing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Antistatic - Decrease
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 51
Pol
yole
fin E
last
omer
Enga
ge b
y D
uPon
t D
ow E
last
omer
s
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
llFo
rmul
atio
ns
Non
e R
equi
red
Enga
ge E
P 81
0027
0>
54
0∆>
44
0∆21
028
070
200
210
>5
40∆
1.8
6>
3.72
∆>
3.03
∆1.
451.
930.
48
1.3
81.
45>
3.72
∆
Enga
ge E
P 81
5027
0>
550∆
>5
00∆
200
230
7015
021
04
001.
86
>3.
79∆
>3.
45∆
1.3
81.
59
0.4
81.
031.
452.
76
Enga
ge E
P 82
0031
0>
46
0∆>
46
0∆18
0>
270∆
60
190
170
>5
60∆
2.14
>3.
17∆
>3.
17∆
1.24
>1.
86∆
0.41
1.31
1.17
>3.
86∆
Enga
ge E
P 85
0023
0>
38
0∆>
470∆
190
200
60
130
180
330
1.5
9>
2.62
∆>
3.24
∆1.
311.
38
0.41
0.9
01.
242.
28A
ntis
tatic
EP 8
500
100
phr
230
>3
80∆
>47
0∆70
200
<10
7018
033
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
1.5
9>
2.62
∆>
3.24
∆0.
48
1.3
8<
0.07
0.4
81.
242.
28
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 252
Poly(propylene oxide) Rubber (GPO)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Parel Zeon Chemical
General DescriptionPoly(propylene oxide) rubber is formed by thecopolymerization of propylene oxide and allyl glycidylether. The allyl glycidyl ether monomer is present atlower quantities (approximately 6% by weight) andprovides cross-link sites for the polymer via theunsaturated group. The propylene oxide providesflexibility in the backbone in several ways. First, thepresence of the oxygen atom in the backbone aidspolymer chain flexibility. Secondly, the propylene oxidemonomer can polymerize with itself to form atactic aswell as isotactic regions. The combination of these tworegions results in irregular packing of the polymerchains which reduces crystallinity. Another factorcontributing to the flexibility of PPO is the bulky allylglycidyl ether pendant group which further reducescrystallinity by disrupting ordered packing of thepolymer. Sulfur-based curative systems are generallyused with these polymers, even though peroxides arecapable of taking advantage of the unsaturation.Peroxide cure systems tend to cause chain scission,resulting in unacceptable properties.
General PropertiesThe most notable characteristic of poly(propyleneoxide) rubber is its ability to offer excellent hysteresisproperties and dynamic properties over a widetemperature range. Even after exposure to elevatedtemperatures as high as 302°F (150°C) for a week, thedynamic properties of GPO rubber remain excellent.Typically, they offer good low temperature flexibility,good ozone resistance, fair fuel and oil resistance andgood properties retention at high temperatures. GPOrubber has fair resistance to hydrocarbon fuels and oilsand good hydrolysis and swelling resistance in polarsolvents such as water and alcohol. GPO rubber doesnot have outstanding physical properties and tends tohave poor compression set and flame resistance. Thelimited physical properties of GPO rubber can beimproved using reinforcing fillers, such as carbon blackor silica. However, the poor compression set of GPOrubber is a function of the sulfur cross-links andcannot be easily remedied.
Typical Applications• Automotive Motor mounts, body mounts, sus-
pension bushings, dust seals, boots
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Aromatic Oil - DecreasePlasticizer - Decrease
• T80 Cure Decrease
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 53
Pol
y(pr
opyl
ene
oxid
e) R
ubbe
rP
arel
58
by Z
eon
Che
mic
al
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrSu
lfur
1.25
phr
TMTM
1.50
phr
MBT
1.50
phr
Con
trol
: Par
el 5
8Pa
rel 5
810
0 ph
r>
120∆
>12
0∆>
110∆
>12
0∆>
110∆
40
50
50
>17
0∆>
0.83
∆>
0.83
∆>
0.76
∆>
0.83
∆>
0.76
∆0.
280.
34
0.3
4>
1.17
∆
T 80
Cur
ePa
rel 5
810
0 ph
r>
80∆
>9
0∆>
90∆
>8
0∆>
90∆
40
50
50
>15
0∆C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>0.
55∆
>0.
62∆
>0.
62∆
>0.
55∆
>0.
62∆
0.28
0.3
40.
34
>1.
03∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckPa
rel 5
810
0 ph
r>
330∆
>35
0∆>
36
0∆>
410∆
>35
0∆5
010
070
170
N55
025
phr
>2.
28∆
>2.
41∆
>2.
48∆
>2.
83∆
>2.
41∆
0.3
40.
69
0.4
81.
17
Aro
mat
ic O
ilPa
rel 5
810
0 ph
r>
90∆
>9
0∆>
90∆
>9
0∆>
80∆
40
50
50
>14
0∆A
rom
atic
Oil
20 p
hr>
0.62
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.55
∆0.
280.
34
0.3
4>
0.97
∆
Plas
ticiz
erPa
rel 5
810
0 ph
r>
80∆
>8
0∆>
90∆
>9
0∆>
80∆
40
50
50
>12
0∆D
ioct
yl P
htha
late
15 p
hr>
0.55
∆>
0.55
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.62
∆>
0.55
∆0.
280.
34
0.3
4>
0.83
∆
Ant
ista
tic
Pare
l 58
100
phr
>11
0∆>
100∆
>11
0∆>
100∆
>10
0∆5
070
50
>17
0∆A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
>0.
76∆
>0.
69∆
>0.
76∆
>0.
69∆
>0.
69∆
0.3
40.
48
0.3
4>
1.17
∆
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 254
Polysulfide Rubber
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• LP Morton Thiokol• Thiokol Morton Thiokol
General DescriptionThe key factor that distinguishes polysulfide rubbersfrom other rubbers is the high sulfur content of thepolymer backbone. This results in a very flexible, virtually impermeable rubber. Polysulfide elastomersare produced by the condensation reaction of anorganic dihalide with sodium tetrasulfide. Examples of organic dihalides used include ethylene dichlorideand di-2-chloroethyl ether. Commercial grades vary in sulfur content from 37 to 84%; the sulfur content of the resulting rubber being dependent on the basemonomer selected. In addition to the performancebenefits offered by the high sulfur content of the backbone, the various reactive sites on the polymerbackbone facilitate cross-linking by a wide variety ofmethods. Generally, a metal oxide or peroxide is usedto cross-link the terminal thiol groups, althoughterminal chlorine and hydroxide groups can also beused. Polysulfide polymers are available in viscositiesranging from pourable liquids to millable gum stock.The strong odor of polysulfides, coupled with the needto peptize some of the gum rubber stocks, can makethem difficult to process.
General PropertiesThe key performance benefits of polysulfide elastomersare their outstanding chemical resistance and virtualimpermeability to most gases, hydrocarbon solventsand moisture. This, coupled with their high flexibilityand long-term resistance to both polar and non-polarsolvents, makes them especially well suited for sealingapplications that require exceptional barrier andresistance properties. Other performancecharacteristics include good performance at lowtemperatures and good resistance to UV and ozone.Polysulfide elastomers do not have very goodcompression set resistance and have fair physicalproperties. The limited physical properties can beaddressed by compounding them with other rubbers,such as polychloroprene. Polysulfide rubber has arecommended service temperature of approximately -40 to 250°F (-40 to -121°C).
Typical Applications• Aerospace Propellant binders, gas bladders,
sealants, valves
• Automotive Gaskets, rubber washers
• Construction Building caulk, window glazing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Clay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseAromatic Oil - DecreaseAntistatic - Increase
• T80 Cure Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 55
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd
stre
ngth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
st
reng
th w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
e ad
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
Pol
ysul
fide
Rub
ber
Thio
kol b
y M
orto
n Th
ioko
l
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Pol
ysul
fide
Cur
e S
yste
ms
Thio
kol F
A fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d0.
5 ph
rM
TBS
0.3
phr
DPG
0.1
phr
Zin
c O
xide
10.0
phr
Mag
lite
D4.
0 ph
r
Con
trol
: Thi
okol
FA
100
phr
150
>18
0∆>
170∆
>19
0∆>
140∆
80
150
110
>24
0∆Li
near
str
uctu
re1.
03>
1.24
∆>
1.17
∆>
1.31
∆>
0.97
∆0.
551.
030.
76>
1.6
6∆
T 80
Cur
eTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
>27
0∆>
270∆
>23
0∆>
280∆
>29
0∆8
015
014
0>
370∆
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
1.8
6∆>
1.8
6∆>
1.5
9∆>
1.93
∆>
2.00
∆0.
551.
030.
97>
2.55
∆
Thio
kol S
TTh
ioko
l ST
100
phr
>18
0∆>
180∆
>17
0∆>
190∆
>18
0∆70
150
150
>3
00∆
Bra
nche
d st
ruct
ure
>1.
24∆
>1.
24∆
>1.
17∆
>1.
31∆
>1.
24∆
0.4
81.
031.
03>
2.07
∆
Car
bon
Bla
ckTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
>3
90∆
>3
80∆
>47
0∆>
470∆
>5
00∆
110
250
290
240
N-5
5010
0 ph
r>
2.6
9∆>
2.62
∆>
3.24
∆>
3.24
∆>
3.45
∆0.
761.
722.
001.
66
Cla
yTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
250
>29
0∆31
028
031
013
023
026
0>
46
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r1.
72>
2.00
∆2.
141.
932.
140.
90
1.5
91.
79>
3.17
∆
Silic
aTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
330
34
029
035
033
011
024
031
042
0H
i Sil
233
100
phr
2.28
2.3
42.
002.
412.
280.
761.
66
2.14
2.9
0
Aro
mat
ic O
ilTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
>9
0∆10
08
011
09
06
011
06
0>
140∆
Aro
mat
ic O
il15
phr
>0.
62∆
0.6
90.
550.
760.
620.
410.
760.
41>
0.97
∆
Ant
ista
ticTh
ioko
l FA
100
phr
>19
0∆18
0>
220∆
>19
0∆>
220∆
80
150
180
>3
40∆
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r>
1.31
∆1.
24>
1.52
∆>
1.31
∆>
1.52
∆0.
551.
031.
24>
2.3
4
Thio
kol S
T fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
0 ph
rC
alci
um H
ydro
xide
1.0
phr
Zin
c Pe
roxi
de5.
0 ph
rM
aglit
e D
4.0
phr
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 256
Silicone-Modified EPDM
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Royaltherm Uniroyal Chemical
General DescriptionSilicone-modified EPDM represents a unique combination of the benefits offered by silicone andEPDM rubbers. The inorganic polysiloxane backboneof the silicone contributes low temperature flexibilityand high temperature resistance, while the EPDM contributes good mechanical properties. The resultingpolymer has better physical properties than a siliconeand better thermal resistance and strength attemperature than EPDM. Silicone-modified EPDM canbe vulcanized by sulfur-based curatives or peroxidecure systems. Peroxide cure systems are generallyutilized to maximize heat resistance and compressionset resistance. Specialty purpose base compounds offering non-halogen flame retardancy, translucency,FDA approval or utility in sponge applications are also available.
General PropertiesThe performance properties of silicone-modified EPDMare best understood in terms of the properties of eachof the pure components. In general, it has the goodmechanical properties of EPDM rubber with theimproved thermal resistance of silicone elastomers.However, there are some trade-offs. For example, theservice life at temperatures ranging from 300 to 400°F(149 to 204°C) is an order of magnitude longer thanthat achieved by EPDM and at least an order ofmagnitude less than that achieved by silicone.Silicone-modified EPDM offers much better strengthretention than silicone when exposed to steam at 327°F(164°C), but only slightly less than EPDM. Tensilestrength and abrasion resistance follow the sametrend. Silicone-modified EPDM also offers the excellentchemical resistance and wet electrical properties ofEPDM. The hot tear strength of silicone-modifiedEPDM exhibits a synergistic effect between the twophases since it has hot tear strengths superior to thatof either of its pure components.
Typical Applications• Automotive Ignition cables, seals, gaskets,
weatherstripping
• Industrial Steam hoses, gaskets, seals
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Silica - IncreasePlasticizer - DecreaseAntistatic - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 57
Sili
cone
Mod
ified
EP
DM
Roy
alth
erm
by
Uni
roya
l Che
mic
al C
ompa
ny
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
50 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de4.
00 p
hrD
i Cup
40C
7.00
phr
Con
trol
: Roy
alth
erm
141
1>
38
0∆>
350∆
>31
0∆>
270∆
>25
0∆4
011
011
0>
350∆
>2.
62∆
>2.
41∆
>2.
14∆
>1.
86∆
>1.
72∆
0.28
0.76
0.76
>2.
41∆
T 80
Cur
eR
oyal
ther
m 1
411
100
phr
>3
80∆
>42
0∆>
420∆
>27
0∆>
250∆
40
110
110
>35
0∆C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
>2.
62∆
>2.
90∆
>2.
90∆
>1.
86∆
>1.
72∆
0.28
0.76
0.76
>2.
41∆
Roy
alth
erm
172
1R
oyal
ther
m 1
721
100
phr
>26
0∆>
350∆
>31
0∆>
270∆
>25
0∆6
016
014
035
0Im
prov
ed h
eat r
esis
tanc
e>
1.79
∆>
2.41
∆>
2.14
∆>
1.8
6∆>
1.72
∆0.
411.
100.
972.
41
Car
bon
Bla
ckR
oyal
ther
m 1
411
100
phr
>3
80∆
>6
40∆
>62
0∆>
48
0∆>
610∆
110
210
210
350
N-3
3030
phr
>2.
62∆
>4.
41∆
>4.
27∆
>3.
31∆
>4.
21∆
0.76
1.45
1.45
2.41
Silic
aR
oyal
ther
m 1
411
100
phr
58
0>
720∆
>72
0∆>
470∆
>5
40∆
90
210
240
86
0V
N-3
sili
ca45
phr
4.00
>4.
97∆
>4.
97∆
>3.
24∆
>3.
72∆
0.62
1.45
1.6
65.
93
Plas
ticiz
erR
oyal
ther
m 1
411
100
phr
>26
0∆>
280∆
>26
0∆>
270∆
>25
0∆3
070
70>
350∆
Dio
ctyl
Pht
hala
te12
phr
>1.
79∆
>1.
93∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
86∆
>1.
72∆
0.21
0.4
80.
48
>2.
41∆
Ant
ista
ticR
oyal
ther
m 1
411
100
phr
>23
0∆>
290∆
>16
0∆20
0>
250∆
40
90
90
350
Arm
osta
t 550
5 ph
r>
1.5
9∆>
2.00
∆>
1.10
∆1.
38
>1.
72∆
0.28
0.62
0.62
2.41
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 258
Silicone Rubber (MQ, VMQ, PMQ, PVMQ)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Blensil G.E. Silicones• Elastosil Wacker Chemical Corp.• Silastic Dow Corning STI
General DescriptionSilicone rubber is characterized by an inorganicpolymeric backbone made up of silicon to oxygen bondswhich are known as siloxane linkages. The majority ofsilicon atoms in the silicone polymer backbone have twopendant methyl groups, which forms the most commonsilicone polymer used in silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxane (MQ). By replacing a portion of the methylgroups with other species, the silicone rubber can begiven cross-link sites or properties tailored for specificneeds. For example, in peroxide cured silicone rubbersystems, a small percentage of the methyl groups arereplaced with vinyl groups (VMQ). The vinyl groupcontaining polymers is also used in conjunction with aplatinum catalyst and suitable hydride cross-linkers toproduce addition cure silicone formulations. In RTVsilicone adhesives and condensation cure compounds,hydrolyzable groups are capped onto the terminal endsof the silicone polymer to provide sites for cross-linkingto occur when moisture reacts with these sites to leavereactive silanol sites. As was mentioned, replacing aportion of the methyl groups with other species can alsoprovide properties for specific needs. For example,replacing 5-10% of the methyl groups with bulkierphenyl groups will dramatically drop the brittle point ofthe silicone (PMQ). Replacing a portion of the methylgroups with trifluoropropyl groups will increase thepolarity of the silicone rubber, thus improving itsresistance to non-polar solvents. These types ofsilicones are known as fluorosilicone elastomers and are discussed in a separate chapter.
General PropertiesThe unique properties of polydimethyl siloxaneelastomers arise primarily from the high bond energyof the silicon oxygen bonds along the backbone, andfrom the non-polar nature of the two methyl groupswhich are pendant from each of the silicon atoms. The result is an elastomer with good flexibility andcompression set resistance over a wide temperaturerange. The silicone oxygen bond results in a polymerwith excellent resistance to UV and ozone, as well aslong-term exposure to temperatures of 400°F (204°C)and intermittent exposure to temperatures as high as600°F (316°C). More importantly, silicone elastomersretain much of their tensile strength and compressionset resistance at these high temperatures. The large
volume of the silicon atom also results in a polymerwith a large amount of free space and flexibility.Consequently, silicone polymers have high gaspermeation rates and remain flexible to temperaturesas low as -60°F (-51°C). With the addition of phenylgroups on the backbone, the brittle point can belowered to -120°F (-84°C). The lack of polarity in thesilicone elastomer results in very good resistance topolar solvents such as water and alcohols. Non-polarsolvents such as aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbonstend to swell silicones 200-300% and often require theuse of the more polar fluorosilicone elastomers.Resistance to many acids and salts is good, thoughstrong bases will degrade the polymer.
Typical Applications• Automotive Hoses, gaskets, seals, ignition
cable insulation
• Industrial Adhesives, oven door gaskets, seals, sponges
• Medical Implantable devices, tubing
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Primer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveAcetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives All Except Plasticizer - Increase CA
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 59
Sili
cone
Rub
ber
SE
456U
by
Gen
eral
Ele
ctri
c
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e an
d R
einf
orce
men
tS
yste
m U
sed
in A
llFo
rmul
atio
ns
DiC
umyl
Per
oxid
e1.
50 p
hrA
eros
il 20
05.
00 p
hr
Con
trol
: SE
456U
100
phr
<10
7022
0<
1010
290
200
<10
230
<0.
070.
48
1.52
<0.
070.
072.
001.
38
<0.
071.
59
T 80
Cur
eSE
456
U10
0 ph
r20
190
290
<10
30
180
280
2023
0C
ured
to 8
0% o
f Mod
ulus
at F
ull C
ure
0.14
1.31
2.00
<0.
070.
211.
241.
930.
141.
59
Car
bon
Bla
ckSE
456
U10
0 ph
r<
10>
250∆
>32
0∆10
80
190
200
<10
140
N-5
5030
phr
<0.
07>
1.72
∆>
2.21
∆0.
070.
551.
311.
38
<0.
070.
97
Cal
cium
Car
bona
teSE
456
U10
0 ph
r<
1019
0>
310
40
60
200
200
40
>29
0∆C
alci
um C
arbo
nate
30 p
hr<
0.07
1.31
>2.
14∆
0.28
0.41
1.3
81.
38
0.28
>2.
00∆
Cla
ySE
456
U10
0 ph
r8
0>
300
∆>
320∆
709
029
017
0<
1014
0Po
lyet
hyle
ne G
lyco
l 3 p
hr,
W
hite
x C
lay
30
phr
0.55
>2.
07∆
>2.
21∆
0.4
80.
622.
001.
17<
0.07
0.97
Fum
ed S
ilica
SE 4
56U
100
phr
<10
110
350
<10
190
190
200
<10
250
Aer
osil
200
11.5
phr
<0.
070.
762.
41<
0.07
1.31
1.31
1.3
8<
0.07
1.72
Gro
und
Silic
aSE
456
U10
0 ph
r<
1013
029
0<
103
020
020
0<
1023
0M
in-U
-Sil
1030
phr
<0.
070.
90
2.00
<0.
070.
211.
38
1.3
8<
0.07
1.5
9
Iron
Oxi
deSE
456
U10
0 ph
r<
1011
0>
39
0∆<
108
018
020
0<
1023
0R
ed Ir
on O
xide
E-4
182
30 p
hr<
0.07
0.76
>2.
69∆
<0.
070.
551.
241.
38
<0.
071.
59
Silic
one
Plas
ticiz
erSE
456
U10
0 ph
r<
1070
220
<10
1029
017
0<
106
010
00 c
P flu
id15
phr
<0.
070.
48
1.52
<0.
070.
072.
001.
17<
0.07
0.41
Ant
ista
ticSE
456
U10
0 ph
r17
021
019
017
017
021
020
0<
1023
0A
rmos
tat 5
504
phr
1.17
1.45
1.31
1.17
1.17
1.45
1.3
8<
0.07
1.5
9
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 260
Styrene-Butadiene Rubber (SBR)
thermoset rubber
Trade Names Manufacturer• Afpol Cal Polymers• Buna Bayer• Copeflex Coperbo• Duradene Firestone• Europrene Enichem• Kraton Shell Chemical• Plioflex Goodyear• Pliolite Goodyear• Solprene Housmex• Stereon Firestone
General DescriptionSBR is formed via the copolymerization of styrene andbutadiene. This can be performed as an emulsion orsolution polymerization. In emulsion polymerizations,the monomer is emulsified in a medium, such as water,using an emulsifying agent, such as soap. This can beperformed as a hot process at 122°F (50°C) or a coldprocess at 41-50°F (5-10°C). Solution polymerizationstypically occur in a hydrocarbon solution with an alkyllithium catalyst. Solution polymerizations offer improvedproperties due to the increased control of molecularweight and stereospecificity. In addition, emulsion SBRtypically contains 4-7% of non-rubber emulsifierresidues which solution SBR does not.
General PropertiesApproximately 75% of the SBR produced in the US is used in tires. This is due to the superior abrasionresistance and traction of SBR. For tire applications,the glass transition temperature (Tg) is critical. If the Tg is too high, the tires will become brittle in cold conditions. If the Tg is too low, the tire traction iscompromised. Consequently, any rubber with a Tgwhich is not between -58 and -94°F (-50 and -70°C)must be mixed with at least one other rubber for tireapplications. NR and SBR have Tgs which allow themto be used as the sole elastomer in a tire compound.The processing temperature of SBR has a large effecton the resulting properties of the material. Cold SBRhas better abrasion resistance and dynamic properties,as well as a higher capacity to be extended, than hotSBR. Therefore, hot SBR is no longer used for tireapplications. Due to the increased control of solutionSBR, improved abrasion resistance, traction andhysteretic properties have been realized. Consequently,solution SBR is rapidly replacing emulsion SBR for tireproduction. The addition of carbon black has manyadvantageous effects on the properties of SBR. Inparticular, it increases the strength properties,
hardness and dimensional stability of SBR. In addition,it can provide electrical and thermal conductivity, allwhile lowering cost.
Typical Applications• Automotive Tires, hoses, belts
• Industrial Foamed products, extruded goods
• Consumer Shoe soles, waterproof materials
• Miscellaneous Adhesives, asphalt
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™
Super Bonder® Instant AdhesiveSurface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Medium Oxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant, Heavy Body
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive Sealant
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives High Styrene - Increase
Carbon Black - IncreaseClay - IncreaseSilica - IncreaseStyrene Resin - IncreaseAromatic Oil - DecreaseProcessing Aid - IncreaseAntioxidant - Increase
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 61
Sty
rene
But
adie
ne R
ubbe
rP
liofle
x by
Goo
dyea
r
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Cur
e S
yste
m a
ndR
einf
orce
men
t U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsSt
earic
Aci
d1.
00 p
hrZ
inc
Oxi
de5.
00 p
hrSu
lfur
2.50
phr
MBT
S1.
50 p
hrTM
TD0.
10 p
hrC
arbo
n B
lack
FEF
N-5
5010
.00
phr
Con
trol
: Plio
flex
1502
100
phr
>22
0∆>
260∆
>26
0∆>
180∆
>19
0∆6
06
06
011
0C
old
Emul
sion
Pol
ymer
, 23.
5% S
tyre
ne>
1.52
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.24
∆>
1.31
∆0.
410.
410.
410.
76
T 80
Cur
ePl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
220∆
>26
0∆>
260∆
>18
0∆>
110∆
60
100
40
110
Cur
ed to
80%
of M
odul
us a
t Ful
l Cur
e>
1.52
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.24
∆>
0.76
∆0.
410.
69
0.28
0.76
Col
d So
lutio
n Po
lym
erFi
rest
one
SBR
710
100
phr
>22
0∆>
260∆
>26
0∆>
180∆
>11
0∆5
010
06
070
>1.
52∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
24∆
>0.
76∆
0.3
40.
69
0.41
0.4
8
Hig
h St
yren
e C
onte
ntPl
iofle
x 15
1310
0 ph
r>
310∆
>3
40∆
>26
0∆>
270∆
>29
0∆6
09
013
011
0C
old
Emul
sion
Pol
ymer
, 40%
Styr
ene
>2.
14∆
>2.
34∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
86∆
>2.
00∆
0.41
0.62
0.9
00.
76
Car
bon
Bla
ckPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
550∆
>5
60∆
>53
0∆>
36
0∆>
350∆
60
140
110
110
FEF
N-5
5015
phr
>3.
79∆
>3.
86∆
>3.
65∆
>2.
48∆
>2.
41∆
0.41
0.97
0.76
0.76
Cal
cium
Car
bona
tePl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
220∆
>26
0∆>
260∆
>18
0∆>
190∆
80
140
140
110
Cal
cium
Car
bona
te60
phr
>1.
52∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
79∆
>1.
24∆
>1.
31∆
0.55
0.97
0.97
0.76
Cla
yPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
410∆
>4
60∆
>3
90∆
270
270
60
150
170
210
Dix
ie C
lay
60 p
hr>
2.83
∆>
3.17
∆>
2.6
9∆1.
86
1.8
60.
411.
031.
171.
45
Silic
aPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r4
60
>51
0∆>
570∆
300
>33
0∆8
013
06
011
0H
i Sil
233
15 p
hr3.
17>
3.52
∆>
3.93
∆2.
07>
2.28
∆0.
550.
90
0.41
0.76
Styr
ene
Res
inPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
46
0∆>
510∆
>4
90∆
370
450
90
170
130
180
Res
in S
6B25
phr
>3.
17∆
>3.
52∆
>3.
38∆
2.55
3.10
0.62
1.17
0.9
01.
24
Aro
mat
ic O
ilPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
160∆
>17
0∆>
180∆
>18
0∆>
190∆
40
60
60
110
Aro
mat
ic O
il37
.5 p
hr>
1.10
∆>
1.17
∆>
1.24
∆>
1.24
∆>
1.31
∆0.
280.
410.
410.
76
Proc
essi
ng A
idPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
220∆
>31
0∆>
260∆
>18
0∆>
240∆
60
90
80
110
Stru
ktol
WB
212
4 ph
r>
1.52
∆>
2.14
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.24
∆>
1.65
∆0.
410.
620.
550.
76A
ntio
xida
ntPl
iofle
x 15
0210
0 ph
r>
220∆
>26
0∆>
260∆
>25
0∆>
250∆
60
90
80
110
DM
Q
3 ph
r>
1.52
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.72
∆>
1.72
∆0.
410.
620.
550.
76A
ntis
tatic
Plio
flex
1502
100
phr
>22
0∆>
260∆
>26
0∆>
180∆
>27
0∆6
012
06
011
0A
rmos
tat 5
50
5 ph
r>
1.52
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.79
∆>
1.24
∆>
1.8
6∆0.
410
830.
410.
76
62
Styrenic TPEs (S-B-S, S-I-S, S-EB-S)
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• C-Flex Concept• Coperflex Coperbo• Dynaflex GLS Corp.• Europrene SOL EniChem• K-Resin Phillips• Kraton Shell Chemical Co.• Rimflex Synthetic Rubber Tech.• Solprene Housmex
General DescriptionStyrenic TPEs are block copolymers of styrene and adiene. In block copolymers, there are two distinctphases present. Each phase is composed of repeatingsegments of the same molecule. The simplestarrangement being A-B-A or a three-block structure.The dienes most commonly used are butadiene (S-B-S), isoprene (S-I-S) and ethylene-cobutylene (S-EB-S), an olefinic pair. The A indicates the hard copolymerblocks, and the B indicates the soft blocks. A blockcopolymer with an A-B or B-A-B backbone would nothave the desired properties of a TPE because the endsof the elastomeric regions would not be anchored incrystalline regions of the TPE.
General PropertiesStyrenic TPEs are typically the lowest cost TPEs butalso have the lowest performance. Specific gravitiesrange from 0.9 to 1.1, hardnesses range from 33 ShoreA to 55 Shore D, and ultimate tensile strengths rangefrom 500 to 4000 psi (3.5 to 27.6 MPa). Due to the non-polar nature of the backbone, styrenic TPEs canbe extended with hydrocarbon-based oils and haveexcellent chemical resistance to polar solvents such as aqueous solutions, acetones and alcohols. However,this results in poor resistance to such non-polar solventsas oils, fuel and hydrocarbon solvents. As the styrenecontent is increased, the TPE changes from a weak,soft material to a strong elastomer and then willeventually become leathery. At styrene contents above75%, they are hard, clear, glass-like products which areused as impact resistant polystyrene. Increasing thestyrene content hardens the polymer, while theaddition of extending oil softens the polymer. Bothincrease its processability. The weathering resistanceof styrenic rubbers is dictated by the soft elastomersegment. S-B-S and S-I-S structures have a doublebond per original monomer unit in the backbone. Thisunsaturation limits their thermal, chemical andweathering resistance. Alternatively, S-EB-S has acompletely aliphatic backbone resulting in its superior
weatherability. Compounds based on S-EB-S normallycontain polypropylene which increases the solventresistance, service temperature and processability.Useful service temperatures are low for styrenic TPEsranging from -70 to 200°F (-57 to 93°C).
Typical Applications• Automotive Hoses, tubing
• Consumer Footwear soles
• Electrical Insulation and jackets for wire and cable
• Miscellaneous Sealants, coatings, caulkingadhesives, modified thermoplastics
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesivePrimer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® PrimerLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Medium Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant Adhesive
• Low Acetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy BodyTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® Adhesive
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Carbon Black - Increase
Silica - IncreaseWhiting - DecreaseAromatic Oil - DecreaseNaphthenic Oil - DecreasePlasticizer - DecreaseEVA Blend - DecreasePE Blend - IncreaseAntistat - DecreaseC-Flex - Decrease
• T80 Cure No Trend Apparent
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – No Trend Apparent
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 63
PS B
lend
Krat
on D
110
1 10
0 ph
r53
051
063
045
052
09
025
029
010
20Po
lyst
yren
e 10
0 ph
r3.
653.
524.
34
3.10
3.5
90.
621.
722.
007.
03
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll Fo
rmul
atio
nsN
one
Req
uire
d
Con
trol
: Kra
ton
G 1
650
100
phr
290
>51
0∆37
023
023
09
017
017
06
60
S-EB
-S2.
00>
3.52
∆2.
551.
59
1.5
90.
621.
171.
174.
55C
arbo
n B
lack
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r53
0>
810∆
570
36
062
05
017
028
06
60
N-5
5010
0 ph
r3.
65>
5.5
9∆3.
932.
48
4.27
0.3
41.
171.
934.
55C
lay
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r22
051
05
80
320
34
05
017
023
0>
109
0∆D
ixie
Cla
y10
0 ph
r1.
523.
524.
002.
212.
34
0.3
41.
171.
59
>7.
52∆
Silic
aKr
aton
G 1
650
100
phr
44
0>
550∆
>55
0∆3
90
510
30
60
39
0>
66
0∆H
i Sil
233
50 p
hr3.
03>
3.52
∆>
3.79
∆2.
69
3.52
0.21
0.41
2.6
9>
4.55
∆
Whi
ting
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r5
018
0>
200∆
40
40
30
30
30
180
Prec
ipita
ted
Whi
ting
100
phr
0.3
41.
24>
1.35
∆0.
280.
280.
210.
210.
211.
24A
rom
atic
Oil
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r14
0>
300
∆15
015
014
020
50
40
160
Aro
mat
ic O
il10
0 ph
r0.
97>
2.07
∆1.
031.
030.
970.
140.
34
0.28
1.10
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r8
03
00>
370∆
90
80
<10
50
40
170
Nap
hthe
nic
Oil
100
phr
0.55
2.07
>2.
55∆
0.62
0.55
<0.
070.
34
0.28
1.17
Plas
ticiz
erKr
aton
G 1
650
100
phr
10<
1020
1020
<10
<10
<10
20D
ioct
yl P
htha
late
50 p
hr0.
07<
0.07
0.14
0.07
0.14
<0.
07<
0.07
<0.
070.
14Pr
oces
sing
Aid
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r29
051
037
03
90
230
90
110
210
410
Car
naub
a W
ax10
phr
2.00
3.52
2.55
2.6
91.
59
0.62
20.
761.
452.
83EV
A B
lend
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r13
024
037
018
014
020
40
170
410
EVA
20 p
hr0.
90
1.65
2.55
1.24
0.97
0.14
0.28
1.17
2.83
PE B
lend
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r52
051
055
037
055
06
08
035
06
60
Poly
ethy
lene
100
phr
3.5
93.
523.
792.
553.
790.
410.
552.
414.
55A
ntis
tatic
Krat
on G
165
010
0 ph
r22
019
016
023
023
0<
1010
012
026
0A
rmos
tat 5
505
phr
1.52
1.31
1.10
1.5
91.
59
<0.
070.
69
0.83
1.79
Krat
on D
110
110
0 ph
r16
028
037
023
023
05
017
013
0>
430∆
S-B
-S L
inea
r1.
101.
932.
551.
59
1.5
90.
34
1.17
0.9
0>
2.9
6∆
C-F
lex
100
phr
140
>24
0∆22
08
010
010
203
017
0Si
licon
e O
il0.
97>
1.65
∆1.
520.
550.
69
0.07
0.14
0.21
1.17
Krat
on D
111
8X10
0 ph
r12
013
015
012
014
070
170
90
320
SB T
ype
Bra
nche
d0.
830.
90
1.03
0.83
0.97
0.4
81.
170.
622.
21
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Sty
rene
But
adie
ne T
PE
Kra
ton
by S
hell
Che
mic
al a
nd C
-Fle
x by
Con
cept
Pol
ymer
Tec
hnol
ogy
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by
the
adhe
sive
cou
ld b
e de
term
ined
.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 264
Thermoplastic Vulcanizates (TPV)
thermoplastic elastomer
Trade Names Manufacturer• Geolast Advanced Elastomer Systems• Santoprene Advanced Elastomer Systems
General DescriptionThermoplastic vulcanizates are elastomeric alloys of a continuous plastic phase and a fine dispersion of dynamically vulcanized rubber. Santoprene, for example, uses polypropylene as the plastic phase with EPDM as the rubber phase. Geolast also usespolypropylene for the plastic phase, however, nitrilerubber is used for the thermoset rubber phase.Generally, these compounds derive their physical properties from the interaction of the two phases anddo not use the fillers and extenders commonly usedwith most thermoset rubber systems. Consequently,material properties are primarily a function of the typeand level of vulcanizate and its degree of cross-linking.Even though TPVs contain a vulcanizate phase, thesematerials can still be processed by commonthermoplastic processing equipment such as extrusion, injection molding, blow molding, thermoforming and calendering.
General PropertiesIn general, TPVs offer the performance properties of a thermoset rubber with the processing ease of a thermoplastic. These properties include good tensilestrength, good abrasion resistance and outstandingfatigue flex resistance. The saturated nature of theolefinic backbone in the Santoprene and Geolast plastic phases, coupled with the highly cross-linkednature of their vulcanizate phases, gives them excellentchemical resistance, as well as good thermal andweathering resistance. Santoprene has shown goodproperty retention after long-term exposure to acids,bases, and aqueous solutions. Resistance to oils andother hydrocarbons varies with grade and fluid type.However, the higher the polarity of the fluid, the morelikely it is to attack Santoprene. For increased oilresistance, Geolast offers superior performancebecause it utilizes nitrile as the vulcanizate phaserather than EPDM. Unlike most TPEs, which soften athigh temperatures, TPVs have shown good propertyretention at temperatures as high as 275°F (135°C) andgood compression set resistance at temperatures ashigh as 212°F (100°C). Their low temperatureperformance is also good with brittle points below -67°F (-55°C).
Typical Applications• Automotive Air ducts, rack and pinion steering
boots, motor drive belts
• Construction Glazing seals, expansion joints
• Electrical Specialty wire and cable insulation
• Medical Drug vial stoppers, grommets, syringe plunger tips, volumetric infusion pump tips
• Miscellaneous Sander grips, squeegees, dust seals, clothes washer filter seals
Relative Adhesive Performance• High Primer - Loctite® 401™ Prism®
Instant Adhesive with Loctite®
770™ Prism® Primer
• Medium Surface Insensitive CA - Loctite®
401™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveRubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
4204™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveTwo-Part No-Mix Acrylic - Loctite®
330™ Depend® AdhesiveLight Curing Acrylic - Loctite® 3105™
Light Cure Adhesive
• Low Methyl CA - Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder® Instant Adhesive
Rubber Toughened CA - Loctite®
480™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveAcetoxy Silicone - Loctite® Superflex®
RTV Silicone Adhesive SealantOxime Silicone - Loctite® 5900® Flange
Sealant, Heavy Body
Effects of Formulation and Processing• Additives Grey Concentrate - Increase
Surface Treatments• Loctite® 770™ Prism® Primer – Increase
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 65
NO
TES
:=
The
addi
tion
of th
e in
dica
ted
addi
tive
(or
proc
essi
ng c
hang
e) c
ause
d a
stat
istic
ally
sig
nific
ant
incr
ease
in th
e bo
nd s
tren
gth
with
in 9
5% c
onfid
ence
lim
its.
=Th
e ad
ditio
n of
the
indi
cate
d ad
ditiv
e (o
r pr
oces
sing
cha
nge)
cau
sed
a st
atis
tical
ly s
igni
fican
t de
crea
sein
the
bond
str
engt
h w
ithin
95%
con
fiden
ce li
mits
.
∆=
Th
e fo
rce
appl
ied
to th
e te
st s
peci
men
s ex
ceed
ed th
e st
reng
th o
f the
mat
eria
l res
ultin
g in
sub
stra
te fa
ilure
befo
re th
e ac
tual
bon
d st
reng
th a
chie
ved
by th
ead
hesi
ve c
ould
be
dete
rmin
ed.
Ther
mop
last
ic V
ulca
niza
tes
San
topr
ene
and
Geo
last
by
Adv
ance
d El
asto
mer
Sys
tem
s
Loct
ite®
Bra
nd A
dhes
ives
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
401™
Pris
m®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
496™
Sup
erLo
ctite
®In
stan
t Adh
esive
Loct
ite®
Loct
ite®
Supe
rflex
®59
00®
Loct
ite®
3105
™Bo
nder
®40
1™ P
rism
®w
ith L
octit
e®77
0™48
0™ P
rism
®42
04™
Pris
m®
RTV
Silic
one
Flan
ge S
eala
nt,
330™
Dep
end®
Ligh
t Cur
eIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Inst
ant A
dhes
ivePr
ism
®Pr
imer
Inst
ant A
dhes
iveIn
stan
t Adh
esive
Adhe
sive
Sea
lant
Heav
y Bo
dyAd
hesi
veAd
hesi
ve
AD
HES
IVE
SH
EAR
STR
ENG
TH(p
si)
(MP
a)
Sant
opre
ne 1
01-5
5Sa
ntop
rene
101
-55
100
phr
30
80
220
2020
206
05
012
00.
210.
551.
520.
140.
140.
140.
410.
34
0.83
Sant
opre
ne 1
01-7
3Sa
ntop
rene
101
-73
100
phr
<10
170
>3
90∆
90
140
206
011
021
0<
0.07
1.17
>2.
69∆
0.62
0.97
0.14
0.41
0.76
1.45
Sant
opre
ne 1
03-5
0Sa
ntop
rene
103
-50
100
phr
<10
180
1220
<10
<10
103
023
061
0<
0.07
1.24
8.41
<0.
07<
0.07
<0.
070.
211.
59
4.21
Sant
opre
ne 2
01-5
5Sa
ntop
rene
201
-55
100
phr
30
7021
0<
103
0<
10<
105
018
010
0 ph
r0.
210.
48
1.45
<0.
070.
21<
0.07
<0.
070.
34
1.24
Sant
opre
ne 2
01-5
5Sa
ntop
rene
201
-55
100
phr
30
140
>20
0∆<
103
020
60
7018
0w
/Gre
y C
once
ntra
teG
rey
Con
cent
rate
4 ph
r0.
210.
97>
1.3
8∆<
0.07
0.21
0.14
0.41
0.4
81.
24
Sant
opre
ne 2
01-7
3Sa
ntop
rene
201
-73
100
phr
90
230
>3
90∆
230
240
1010
1028
00.
621.
59
>2.
69∆
1.5
91.
66
0.07
0.07
0.07
1.93
Sant
opre
ne 2
01-7
3Sa
ntop
rene
201
-73
100
phr
<10
320
330
230
50
1010
100
280
w/G
rey
Con
cent
rate
Gre
y C
once
ntra
te4
phr
<0.
072.
212.
281.
59
0.3
40.
070.
070.
69
1.93
Sant
opre
ne 2
03-5
0Sa
ntop
rene
203
-50
100
phr
<10
320
1020
<10
<10
<10
40
<10
310
<0.
072.
217.
03<
0.07
<0.
07<
0.07
0.28
<0.
072.
14Sa
ntop
rene
203
-50
Sant
opre
ne 2
03-5
010
0 ph
r<
1043
010
70<
1013
0<
105
017
08
00w
/Gre
y C
once
ntra
teG
rey
Con
cent
rate
4 ph
r<
0.07
2.97
7.3
8<
0.07
0.9
0<
0.07
0.3
41.
175.
52
Geo
last
701
-70W
183
Geo
last
701
-70W
183
100
phr
230
250
>25
0∆15
0>
270∆
60
7012
028
01.
59
1.72
>1.
72∆
1.03
>1.
86∆
0.41
0.4
80.
831.
93
Geo
last
701
-80W
183
Geo
last
701
-80W
183
100
phr
320
36
0>
350∆
320
400
30
7018
032
02.
212.
48
>2.
41∆
2.21
2.76
0.21
0.4
801
.24
2.21
Cur
e S
yste
m U
sed
in A
ll In
form
atio
nN
one
Req
uire
d
Geo
last
701
-87W
183
Geo
last
701
-87W
183
100
phr
430
38
03
60
>24
0∆27
0<
10<
104
075
02.
972.
622.
48
>1.
66∆
1.8
6<
0.07
<0.
070.
285.
17G
eola
st 7
03-4
045
Geo
last
703
-45
100
phr
420
39
047
043
055
0<
10<
1023
025
02.
90
2.6
93.
242.
973.
79<
0.07
<0.
071.
59
1.72
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 266
IntroductionIn this section, the terms and concepts related tojoint design are divided into three categories whichinclude:
• Types of Joints • Joint Stress Distribution • DesignGuidelines
Before looking at different types of joints, a fewterms need to be explained.
Joint: A joint is the location where an adhesive joinstwo substrates.
Joint Geometry: Joint geometry refers to the generalshape of an adhesive bond. Is the shape of the bondlong and narrow, short and wide, thick or thin?
Types of JointsThe specific types of joints which will be examined inthis section include:
• Lap/Overlap • Joggle Lap • Butt Joint • Scarf Joint• Strap/Double Strap • Cylindrical
Lap/Overlap Joint: A lap joint, also called anoverlap joint, is formed by placing one substratepartially over another substrate.
Joggle Lap Joint: The joggle lap joint is an offsetjoint and is very similar to the lap joint.
Butt Joint: A butt joint is formed by bonding twoobjects end to end.
Scarf Joint: A scarf joint is an angular butt joint.Cutting the joint at an angle increases the surfacearea.
Strap Joint (Single or Double): A strap joint is a combination overlap joint with a butt joint.
Cylindrical Joint: A cylindrical joint uses a butt jointto join two cylindrical objects.
Adhesive Joint Design
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 67
Shear Stress: A shear stress resultsin two surfaces sliding over oneanother.
Tensile and Compressive StressDistribution: When a bondexperiences either a tensile or acompressive stress, the joint stressdistribution is illustrated as a straightline. The stress is evenly distributedacross the entire bond. Tensile stressalso tends to elongate an object.
Peel Stress: A peel stress occurswhen a flexible substrate is beinglifted or peeled from the othersubstrate. NOTE: The stress is concentrated atone end.
Cleavage Stress: A cleavage stressoccurs when rigid substrates arebeing opened at one end.NOTE: The stress is concentrated at one end.
A B
A B
A B
A B A B
A B
A B
A B
A B
Joint Stress DistributionJoint stress distribution is the location of stresseswithin a bond.
Stress: Usually expressed as Newtons per squaremeter (N/m2), which is equivalent to a Pascal (Pa.) In the English system, stress is normally expressed in pounds per square inch (psi).
Types of StressesThere are several types of stresses commonly found inadhesive bonds which include:
• Shear• Tensile• Compressive• Peel• Cleavage
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 268
Design GuidelinesEngineers must have a good understanding of howstress is distributed across a joint which is under anapplied force. There are several design guidelineswhich should be considered when designing anadhesive joint.
• Maximize Shear/Minimize Peel and Cleavage Note from the stress distribution curve for cleavageand peel, that these bonds do not resist stress verywell. The stress is located at one end of the bondline. Whereas, in the case of shear, both ends of thebond resist the stress.
• Maximize Compression/Minimize Tensile Note from the stress distribution curve forcompression and tension, that stress was uniformlydistributed across the bond. In most adhesive films,the compressive strength is greater than the tensilestrength. An adhesive joint which is feeling acompressive force is less likely to fail than a joint undergoing tension.
• Joint Width More Important Than Overlap Note from the shear stress distribution curve, thatthe ends of the bond resist a greater amount ofstress than does the middle of the bond. If thewidth of the bond is increased, the bond area ateach end also increases; the overall result is astronger joint.
In this same overlap joint, if the overlapping lengthis greatly increased, there is little, if any, change inthe bond strength. The contribution of the ends isnot increased. The geometry of the ends has notchanged, thus their contribution to the bondstrength has not changed.
• Bond Shear Strength Width vs OverlapAs a general rule, increase the joint width ratherthan the overlap area (“wider is better”).
Mathematical ConversionsThe following are some common conversions thatmight be helpful when utilizing Loctite® brandproducts:
• 1 milliliter (ml) = 1 cubic centimeter (cc)• 1,000 ml = 1 liter• 29.5 ml = 1 fl. oz.• 3.78 liters = 1 gallon• 473 ml = 1 pint• 454 grams = 1 lb.• 947 ml = 1 quart• 1 kilogram = 2.2 lbs.• Weight to Volume: grams ÷ specific gravity = cc (ml)• Volume to Weight: cc (ml) x specific gravity = grams• Density = specific gravity x 0.99823• Centipoises = centistokes x density (at a given temp.)• Temperature: degrees F - 32 x 0.556 = degrees C
degrees C x 2 - 10% + 32 = degrees F• Square Inches to Square Feet: ÷ by 144• Square Feet to Square Inches: x by 144• In./lbs. ÷ 12 = ft./lbs.• Ft./lbs. x 12 = in./lbs.• 16 in. oz. = 1 in. lb.• 192 in. oz. = 1 ft. lb.
Area CoverageFlat Parts:
Length(in.) x Width(in.) x bond line Thickness(in.) x16.4 = cc/ml requirement per part
Non-threaded Cylindrical Parts:Diameter x Engagement Length x bond lineThickness (on radius/per side) x 3.14 x 16.4 =cc/ml requirement per part
Potting/ Encapsulating Applications:Area (3.14 x R2 ) x Potting Depth x 16.4 = cc/mlrequirement per part
For no induced gap, make the bond line thickness figure 0.001".16.4 is a constant for converting cubic inches to cubic centimeters.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 69
Test MethodologyDetermining The Experimental Matrix
The Selection of AdhesivesIt was desired to evaluate adhesives from all familiesthat are best suited for bonding elastomers. Thefamilies were identified as cyanoacrylates; no-mixand static mix acrylics; hot melts; epoxies;polyurethanes; silicones; and light curing acrylics.From each of these categories, an adhesive was thenselected which was believed to be representative ofthe performance of that family of adhesives whenbonding elastomers. The adhesives which wereselected are tabulated in the table on the right:
The Selection of ElastomersThe various types of elastomers which are currentlyavailable were surveyed, and twenty-six of the mostcommonly used elastomers were selected for testing. The specific formulations of these elastomers which were evaluated were chosen in one of the two following ways:
Specialty Formulations1. A grade of the elastomer which had no fillers or
additives was selected and tested for bondstrength performance with the aforementionedadhesives. This was the control which was used to determine the effect of additives, fillers andprocessing changes on the bondability of anelastomer.
2. The most common additives and fillers used witheach elastomer were identified. Variations inpolymer structure which differentiate differentgrades of the elastomer were also identified. Forexample, acrylonitrile level in nitrile rubber or vinylacetate level in ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer.
3. A separate formulation of the elastomer wascompounded which represented a high level ofadditive or filler, a processing change or a variation in the polymer structure.
4. Adhesive bond strength evaluations were performed.
5. The results were analyzed to determine if the filler, additive or change in polymer structure resulted in a statistically significant change in thebondability of the elastomer in comparison with the unfilled control within 95% confidence limits.
Commercially Available GradesFor five elastomers, commercially available grades wereselected to represent a cross section of the variousgrades which were available and tested for bondstrength.
Adhesive Adhesive DescriptionLoctite® 496™ Super Bonder® InstantAdhesive
Methyl cyanoacrylate
Loctite® 401™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveMEDICAL: Loctite® 4011™ Prism®
Surface sensitive ethylcyanoacrylate
Loctite® 414™ Super Bonder® InstantAdhesive
General-purpose ethyl instantadhesive
Loctite® 480™ Prism® Instant Adhesive Rubber toughened ethylcyanoacrylate
Loctite® 4204™ Prism® InstantAdhesive
Clear, rubber toughened,surface insensitive, thermallyresistant cyanoacrylate
Loctite® 4851™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveMEDICAL: Loctite® 4851™ Prism®
Flexible instant adhesive
Loctite® 4861™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveMEDICAL: Loctite® 4861™ Prism®
Flexible instant adhesive
Loctite® 401™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLoctite® 770™ Prism® PrimerMEDICAL: Loctite® 4011™ Prism®
Loctite® 7701™ Prism® Primer
Surface insensitive ethyl instantadhesives used in conjunctionwith polyolefin primer
Loctite® 401™ Prism® Instant AdhesiveLoctite® 793™ Prism® Primer
Surface insensitive ethyl instantadhesives used in conjunctionwith polyolefin primer
Loctite® 330™ Depend® Adhesive Two-part no-mix acrylicadhesive
Loctite® 3030™ Adhesive Polyolefin Bonder
Loctite® H3000™ Speedbonder™ Two-part acrylic
Loctite® H4500™ Speedbonder™ Two-part acrylic
Loctite® 3105™ Light Cure AdhesiveMEDICAL: Loctite® 3105™
Light cure acrylic adhesive
Loctite® 4305™ Flashcure® Light CureAdhesiveFLUORESCENT: Loctite®
4307™ Flashcure® Light Cure Adhesive
Light cure adhesive
Loctite® E-00CL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh. Fast setting epoxy
Loctite® E-90FL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh. Tough, flexible epoxy
Loctite® E-30CL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh.MEDICAL: Loctite® E-31CL™ Hysol®
Clear, glass bonding epoxy
Loctite® E-20HP™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh.MEDICAL: Loctite® E-21HP™ Hysol®
High strength epoxy
Loctite® E-40FL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh. High strength epoxy
Loctite® E-214HP™ Hysol® Epoxy Adh. One component heat cureepoxy
Loctite® 3631™ Hysol® Hot Melt Adh. Reactive urethane hot melt
Loctite® 7804™ Hysol® Hot Melt Adh. Polyamide hot melt
Loctite® 1942™ Hysol® Hot Melt Adh. EVA hot melt
Loctite® Fixmaster® Rapid Rubber RepairOEM: Loctite® U-04FL™ Hysol®
Rapid rubber repair urethane two-part fast setting urethane
Loctite® Fixmaster® Epoxy High performance epoxy
Loctite® Superflex® RTV RTV silicone adhesive sealant
Loctite® 5900® Flange Sealant Heavy body RTV flange sealant
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 270
Determining The Test MethodThe lap shear test method (ASTM D1002) is typicallyused to determine adhesive shear strengths. However,because it was designed for use with metals, it hasseveral serious limitations when evaluating elastomers.For example, because elastomers have much lowertensile strength than metals, the lap shear specimensare much more likely to experience substrate failurethan the metal lap shear specimens. This makes thecomparative analysis of different adhesives on an elastomer very difficult, since many of the adhesiveswill achieve substrate failure, rendering it impossible to make performance comparisons. Another major disadvantage to using the lap shear test method is that elastomers will deform more readily than metal as a result of their lower moduli. This results in severepart deformation which introduces peel and cleavageforces on the joint. While this cannot be avoided whiletesting elastomers, especially under high loads,providing a rigid support for the rubber can minimizethis effect. For this testing, the rubber samples werebonded to steel lap shears to provide this rigid support.
Proper selection of the joint overlap can also give bond strength results which more accurately reflect theadhesive bond strength. When testing flexible materialsin a lap joint, it is desirable to minimize the overlap toproduce as uniform a stress distribution as possibleover the bond area. Due to the flexibility of elastomericmaterials, stresses on a lap joint are concentrated onthe leading edge of the bonded assembly. As a result,when the overlap length is increased, the measuredbond strength appears to drop. This occurs becausethe area of the joint increases, but the force that thejoint can withstand does not increase proportionately,since it is still concentrated on the leading edges ofthe joint. Through experimentation, it was found thatdecreasing the overlap below 0.25" did not significantlyincrease the measured bond strength. As a result, it was concluded that the stress distribution over this bond area was sufficiently uniform to use for comparative testing.
The flexibility and low tensile strength inherent in elastomeric materials make it difficult to design a testspecimen which will omit peel forces and notexperience substrate failure at low loadings. This isparticularly difficult when the test specimen must becompatible with a large-scale test program, that is, itmust be amenable to consistent assembly in largenumbers. The test assembly which was selected toaddress these concerns in this test program is shownin Figure 1.
LimitationsWhile the bond strengths in this guide give a goodindication of the typical strengths that can be achievedwith many elastomers, as well as the effect of manyfillers and additives, they also face several limitations.For example, the additives and fillers were selectedbecause they were believed to be representative of the most commonly used additives and fillers. Thereare, however, many types of each additive and fillerproduced by many different companies, as well asdifferent types of the same additives and/or fillers.These additives and fillers may not influence thebondability of an elastomer consistently. In addition,the additives and fillers were tested individually in thisguide. Consequently, the effect of interactions betweenthese different fillers and additives on the bondabilityof materials could not be determined.
Another consideration that must be kept in mind when using this data to select an adhesive/elastomercombination is how well the test method will reflect the stresses that an adhesively bonded joint will see in“real world” applications. Adhesively bonded joints aredesigned to maximize tensile and compressive stressesand to minimize peel and cleavage stresses. Theoptimum adhesive joint will have a much largermagnitude of the former two stresses than of the lattertwo. Thus, the shear strength of an adhesive isgenerally most critical to adhesive joint performance.However, since all adhesive joints will experience peeland cleavage stresses to some degree, their effectsshould not be disregarded.
Finally, selecting the best adhesive for a givenapplication involves more than selecting the adhesivewhich provides the highest bond strength. Otherfactors such as speed of cure, environmentalresistance, thermal resistance, suitability forautomation and price will play a large role indetermining the optimum adhesive system for a given application. It is suggested that the reader referto the chapters which explain the properties of thevarious adhesives in greater detail before choosing the best adhesive for an application.
Figure 1 Rubber Bonding Test Specimen
1/4" overlap
1" x 4" x 1/16" steel lapshear specimen
1" x 1" x 1/8" rubber specimens
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 71
Test MethodsSubstrate Preparation1. Substrates were cut into 1" by 1" by 0.125"
block shear test specimens.2. All bonding surfaces were cleaned with isopropyl
alcohol.
Adhesive Application and Cure MethodCyanoacrylates(Loctite® 496™ Super Bonder®, 401™ Prism®,414™ Super Bonder®, 480™ Prism®, 4204™Prism®, 4851™ Prism® and 4861™ Prism® InstantAdhesives)1. Adhesive was applied in an even film to one test
specimen.2. A second test specimen was mated to the first
with a 0.5" overlap (bond area = 0.5 in2).3. The block shear assembly was clamped with two
Brink and Cotton No. 1 clamps.4. The bonded assembly was allowed to cure at
ambient conditions for 1 week before testing.
Cyanoacrylates with Polyolefin Primers(Loctite® 401™ Prism® Instant Adhesive andLoctite® 770™ Prism® Primer, Loctite® 401™Prism® Instant Adhesive and Loctite® 793™Prism® Primer)1. Polyolefin primer was brushed onto each bonding
surface.2. The polyolefin primer’s carrier solvent was allowed
to flash off.3. Adhesive was applied in an even film to one
substrate.4. The second test specimen was mated to the first
with a 0.5" overlap (bond area = 0.5 in2).5. The block shear assembly was clamped with two
Brink and Cotton No. 1 clamps.6. The bonded assembly was allowed to cure at
ambient conditions for 1 week before testing.
Two-Part No-Mix Acrylic(Loctite® 330™ Depend® Adhesive)1. Loctite® 7387™ Depend® Activator was sprayed on
one test specimen. 2. The activator’s carrier solvent was allowed to flash
off for more than two minutes. 3. Loctite® 330™ Depend® Adhesive was applied in an
even film to a second test specimen.4. Within 30 minutes, the second test specimen was
mated to the first with a 0.5" overlap (bond area=0.5 in2).
5. The block shear assembly was clamped with twoBrink and Cotton No. 1 clamps.
6. The bonded assembly was allowed to cure atambient conditions for one week before testing.
Light Cure Adhesives(Loctite® 3105™ Light Cure Adhesive, Loctite®
4305™ Flashcure® Light Cure Adhesive)1. Adhesive was applied in an even film to one test
specimen.2. A UV transparent, polycarbonate 1" by 1" by 0.125"
test specimen was cleaned with isopropyl alcohol.3. The second test specimen was mated to the first
with a 0.5" overlap (bond area = 0.5 in2).4. The block shear assembly was irradiated (through
the polycarbonate) by an ultraviolet light source for30 seconds to cure the adhesive. The ultravioletlight source used was a Fusion UV Curing System,equipped with an H-bulb having an irradiance ofapproximately 100 mW/cm2 @ 365 nm.
5. The assembly was left at ambient conditions forone week prior to testing.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 272
Block Shear Test Method1. Assemblies were tested on an Instron 4204
mechanical properties tester, equipped with a 50kN load cell, and a pull speed of 0.05"/minute.
2. Five replicates of each assembly were tested.
Two-Part Static Mix Adhesives(Loctite® E-00CL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive,Loctite® E-90FL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive, Loctite® E-30CL Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive, Loctite® E-20HP™ Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive,Loctite® E-40FL™ Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive,Loctite® 3030™ Adhesive, Polyolefin Bonder,Loctite® H3000™ Speedbonder™ Structural Adhesive,Loctite® H4500™ Speedbonder™ Structural Adhesive,Loctite® Fixmaster® Rapid Rubber Repair, Loctite® Fixmaster® Epoxy)1. The adhesive was dispensed onto the end of one
lapshear through an appropriate static mixingnozzle to achieve thorough mixing of the twoadhesive components.
2. A second lapshear was mated to the first with anoverlap area of 0.5 in2.
3. The mated assembly was clamped with two clampsthat exerted a clamping force of approximately 20 lb.
4. The bonded assembly was allowed to cure for oneweek at ambient conditions before conditioningand testing.
One-Part Heat Cure Epoxy Adhesive(Loctite® E-214HP™ Hysol® Epoxy Adhesive)1. Adhesive was applied in an even film to the end of
one lapshear.2. A second lapshear was mated to the first with an
overlap area of 0.5 in2.3. The mated assembly was clamped with two clamps
that exerted a clamping force of approximately 20lb.
4. The clamped assembly was heated at 350°F(177°C) for 1 hour.
5. The assembly was left at ambient conditions forone week prior to conditioning and testing.
Moisture Cure Products(Loctite® Superflex™ 595 RTV, Loctite® 5900®
Flange Sealant, Loctite® 3631™ Hysol® Hot MeltAdhesive)1. Adhesive was applied in an even film to the end of
one lap shear. 2. A short length of 10 mil thick wire was embedded
in the sealant to induce a 10 mil gap between thebonded lap shears (except for Loctite® 3631™Hysol® Hot Melt Adhesive).
3. A second lapshear was mated to the first with anoverlap area of 0.5 in2.
4. The mated assembly was clamped with two clampsthat exerted a clamping force of approximately 20 lb.
5. The mated assembly was allowed to moisture curefor one week prior to conditioning and testing.
Hot Melt Products (Loctite® 7804™ and 1942™ Hysol® Hot MeltAdhesives)1. The adhesive was heated to its dispense
temperature in the appropriate hot melt dispenser.2. Adhesive was applied in an even film to the end of
one lapshear.3. A second lapshear was mated to the first with an
overlap area of 0.5 in2.4. The mated assembly was clamped with two clamps
that exerted a clamping force of approximately 20 lb.
5. The assemblies were left at ambient conditions forone week prior to conditioning and testing.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 73
Index of Trade Names and AcronymsTrade Name/Acronym Elastomer Type Manufacturer/Comment Page
ACM Polyacrylate Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 46Afpol Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Cal Polymers 60Alcryn Melt Processible Rubber DuPont 36Baypren Polychloroprene Bayer 40BIIR Halogenated Butyl Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 33Blensil Silicone General Electric Silicones 58Breon Nitrile Rubber B.P. Chemicals 42Buna Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Bayer 60Butaclor Polychloroprene Enichem Elastomers 40C-Flex Styrenic TPE Concept 62Chemigum Nitrile Rubber Goodyear 42CIIR Halogenated Butyl Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 32CO Epichlorohydrin Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 20Compo Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Copeflex Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Coperbo 60Coperflex Styrenic TPE Coperbo 62CR Polychloroprene Acronym for Elastomer 40CSM Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Acronym for Elastomer 16Dai-el Fluorocarbon Rubbers Daikin 28Duradene Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Firestone 60Dynaflex Styrenic TPE GLS Corporation 62Ecdel Copolyester TPE Eastman 18ECO Epichlorohydrin Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 20EEA Ethylene Acrylic Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 22Elastosil Silicone Wacker Chemical Corporation 58Elvax Etylene-Vinyl Acetate DuPont 26Engage Polyolefin DuPont Dow Elastomers 50EPDM Ethylene Propylene Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 24EPM Ethylene Propylene Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 24Epsyn Ethylene Propylene Rubber Copolymer Rubber Co. 22Escorene Etylene-Vinyl Acetate Exxon Chemical 26Estate Brown Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Europrene SOL Styrenic TPE Enichem 62Europrene Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Enichem 60Europrene Polyacrylate Rubber Enichem Elastomers America 46EVA Ethylene Vinyl Acetate Acronym for Elastomer 26Evazote Ethylene Vinyl Acetate B.P. Chemicals 26Exxon Bromobutyl Halogenated Butyl Rubber Exxon Chemical 32Exxon Butyl Butyl Rubber Exxon Chemical 14Exxon Chlorobutyl Halogenated Butyl Rubber Exxon Chemical 32FE Fluorosilicone Rubber Shinetsu Chemical 30FKM Fluorocarbon Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 28Flat Bark Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Fluorel Fluorocarbon Rubber 3M 28
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 274
Trade Name/Acronym Elastomer Type Manufacturer/Comment Page
FSE Fluorosilicone Rubber General Electric 30FVMQ Fluorosilicone Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 30GCO Epichlorohydrin Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 20GECO Epichlorohydrin Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 20Geolast Thermoplastic Vulcanizate Advanced Elastomer Systems 64GPO Poly(propylene oxide) Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 52Hercuprene Polyolefin J-Von 50H-NBR Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 34HSN Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 34Humex Nitrile Rubber Huels Mexicanos 42Hycar Polyacrylate Rubber B.F. Goodrich 46Hydrin Epichlorohydrin Rubber Zeon 20Hypalon Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene DuPont 16HyTemp Polyacrylate Rubber Zeon Chemical 46Hytrel Copolyester TPE DuPont 18IIR Butyl Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 14IR Polyisoprene Acronym for Elastomer 48Isolene Polyisoprene Hardman 48Kalrez Fluorocarbon Rubber DuPont 28Kraton Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Shell Chemical 60Kraton Styrenic TPE Shell Chemical 62K-Resin Styrenic TPE Phillips 62Krynac Nitrile Rubber Polysar International 42Lomod Copolyester TPE General Electric 18LP Polysulfide Rubber Morton Thiokol 54LS Fluorosilicone Rubbers Dow Corning 30MPR Melt Processible Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 36MQ Silicone Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 58Natsyn Polyisoprene Goodyear 48NBR Nitrile Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 42Neoprene Polychloroprene DuPont 40Nipol Polyisoprene Goldsmith & Eggleton 48Nipol Nitrile Rubber Nippon Zeon 42Nordel Ethylene Propylene Rubber DuPont 24NR Natural Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 38Nysen Nitrile Rubber Copolymer Rubber 42Pale Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Parel Poly(propylene oxide) Rubber Zeon Chemical 52Pebax Polyether Block Amide Arkema Inc. 44Perbunan Nitrile Rubber Mobay 42Plioflex Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Goodyear 60Pliolite Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Goodyear 60PMQ Silicone Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 58POE Polyolefin Acronym for Elastomer 50Polysar EPDM Ethylene Propylene Rubber Bayer 24Polysar Bromobutyl Halogenated Butyl Rubber Bayer 32Polysar Butyl Butyl Rubber Bayer 14
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 2 75
Trade Name/Acronym Elastomer Type Manufacturer/Comment Page
Polysar Chlorobutyl Halogenated Butyl Rubber Bayer 32Pure Smoked Blanket Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38PVMQ Silicone Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 58Ribbed Smoked Sheet Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Rimflex Styrenic TPE Synthetic Rubber Technologies 62Riteflex Copolyester TPE Hoescht Celanese 18Royalene Ethylene Propylene Rubber Uniroyal Chemical 24Royaltherm Silicone-Modified EPDM Uniroyal Chemical 56Santoprene Thermoplastic Vulcanizate Advanced Elastomer Systems 64Sarlink Polyolefin DSM Thermoplastic 50SBR Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 60S-B-S Styrenic TPE Acronym for Elastomer 62S-EB-S Styrenic TPE Acronym for Elastomer 62Silastic Silicone Dow Corning STI 58S-I-S Styrenic TPE Acronym for Elastomer 62Ski-3 Polyisoprene Alcan 48Solprene Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Housmex 60Solprene Styrenic TPE Housmex 62Stereon Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Firestone 60Synthetic Natural Rubber Polyisoprene Common Name for IR 48Tecnoflon Fluorocarbon Rubber Ausimont 28Therban Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber Bayer 34Thick Blanket Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Thin Brown Crepe Natural Rubber International Type of NR 38Thiokol Polysulfide Rubber Morton Thiokol 54TPV Thermoplastic Vulcanizate Acronym for Elastomer 64Ultrathene Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate Quantum Chemicals 26Vamac Ethylene Acrylic Rubber DuPont 22Vistalon Ethylene Propylene Rubber Exxon Chemical 24Viton Fluorocarbon Rubbers DuPont 28VMQ Silicone Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 58XNBR Nitrile Rubber Acronym for Elastomer 42Zetpol Hydrogenated Nitrile Rubber Zeon Chemical 34
The trade names mentioned above are the property of the manufacturing companies listed.
The Loctite® Design Guide for Bonding Rubbers and TPEs, Volume 276
AcknowledgementsThis design guide would not have been possible without the expertise, advice and material samples graciously provided by the companies listed below.Henkel Corporation would like to take this opportunityto thank them for their invaluable assistance in developing this resource.
Advanced Elastomer SystemsWayne BuchheimSenior Marketing Technical Service Specialist
Akron Rubber Development Laboratory, Inc.Krishna C. Baranwal, Ph.D.Executive Vice President, TechnicalRobert MayManager Compound Development Mixing
and ProcessingRobert SamplesChief Executive OfficerMalcolm WilbornVice President, Business Development Services
Bose CorporationRobert LituriCorporate Chemist
Florida State UniversityJoe DeforteMechanical Engineer
R. T. Vanderbilt CompanyJoseph DeMelloSales Representative
DisclaimerThe information contained herein is intended to beused solely as an indicator of the bondability of theevaluated elastomers. The information is believed to beaccurate, and is well suited for comparative analysis;however, the testing was performed using a limitednumber of adhesive lots, elastomer lots, and replicates.Consequently, this makes the information containedherein inappropriate for specification purposes.
All polymeric materials have the potential for swellingor stress cracking when exposed to uncured adhesivedepending on the exposure time, part geometry, stresses, and composition variables. Consequently, it is important that the end user evaluate the suitability of the adhesive in their process to insure that the adhesive does not detrimentally affect the performanceof the plastic or elastomer.
Henkel cannot assume responsibility for the resultsobtained by others over whose methods we have nocontrol. It is the user’s responsibility to determine suitability for the user’s purpose of any productionmethod mentioned herein and to adopt suchprecautions as may be advisable for the protection ofproperty and of persons against any hazards that maybe involved in the handling and use thereof.
In light of the foregoing, Henkel Corporationspecifically disclaims all warranties ofmerchantability or fitness for a particular purposearising from sale or use of Henkel Corporation’sproducts. Henkel Corporation specificallydisclaims any liability for consequential orincidental damages of any kind, including lostprofits. The discussion herein of various process orcompositions is not to be interpreted as representation that they are free from domination ofpatents owned by others or as a license under anyHenkel Corporation patents which may cover suchprocesses, or compositions. We recommend that eachprospective user test the proposed application in itsmanufacturing process, using this data as a guide. This product may be covered by one or more UnitedStates or foreign patents or patent applications.
For more information, please call 1-800-LOCTITE (562-8483) in the U.S.; 1-800-263-5043 in Canada; 01-800-901-8100 in Mexico
Loctite, Depend, Fixmaster, Flashcure, Prism, PST, Speedbonder Super Bonder, Superflex, 222MS, 242, 262, 290, 330, 334, 366, 382, 401,403, 406, 409, 410, 411, 414, 420, 422, 480, 496, 609, 635, 675, 640, 770, 793, 1942, 3030, 3105, 3106, 3631, 4011, 4203, 4204, 4211, 4305,4307, 4471, 4851, 4861, 5140, 5699, 5900, 7701, 7804, and E-00CL, E-20HP, E-21HP, E-30CL, E-31CL, E-40FL, E-90FL, E-60HP, E-214HP, U-04FL, H3000, and H4500, are trademarks of Henkel Corporation, U.S.A. Karo is a registered trademark of ACH. Hershey is a registered trademark of Hershey Foods Corporation. © Copyright 2005. Henkel Corporation. All rights reserved. 2696/LT-2662A 2/05
Henkel CorporationIndustry and Maintenance1001 Trout Brook Crossing, Rocky Hill, CT 06067 U.S.A. • 800-562-8483 • www.henkel.us • www.loctite.com